Official Software
Get notified when we add a new ChevroletSuburban Manual

We cover 60 Chevrolet vehicles, were you looking for one of these?

Chevrolet Aveo 2007-2010 Factory Repair Manual PDF
Malibu L4-2.4L (2010)
Chevrolet Cruze Workshop Manual (L4-1.4L Turbo (2011))
Silverado 1500 4WD V8-4.8L VIN V (2004)
Chevrolet Impala Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2008))
TrailBlazer 4WD L6-4.2L VIN S (2002)
Chevrolet Blazer 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-4.3L VIN X (2005))
Chevrolet Silverado 2500 4wd Workshop Manual (V8-6.0L VIN U (2004))
Silverado 1500 4WD V8-5.3L VIN T (2004)
Chevrolet Equinox Awd Workshop Manual (V6-3.4L VIN F (2006))
Chevrolet Traverse Awd Workshop Manual (V6-3.6L (2011))
Chevrolet Silverado, GMC Full Size Trucks Chilton Repair Manual
Chevrolet Impala Workshop Manual (V6-3.8L VIN K (2004))
Chevrolet Malibu Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L VIN 8 (2004))
Chevrolet - Epica - Workshop Manual - 2008 - 2008
Chevrolet - Malibu - Workshop Manual - 2007 - 2009
Chevrolet - S-10 - Workshop Manual - (2001)
Chevrolet Astro Van 2wd Workshop Manual (V6-4.3L VIN X (2002))
Chevrolet - Tahoe - Workshop Manual - 2001 - 2002
Chevrolet - Spark - Workshop Manual - 2011 - 2011
Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual (Cavalier-Z24 L4-134 2.2L (1991))
TrailBlazer 2WD L6-4.2L VIN S (2003)
Chevrolet Avalanche 1500 4wd Workshop Manual (V8-5.3L VIN T (2003))
Chevrolet Express 4500 Workshop Manual (V8-6.0L (2010))
Chevrolet Camaro Workshop Manual (V8-350 5.7L (1989))
Chevrolet Astro Van Awd Workshop Manual (V6-4.3L VIN X (2003))
Chevrolet Caprice Workshop Manual (V8-305 5.0L VIN E TBI (1991))
Chevrolet Silverado 2500 4wd Workshop Manual (V8-6.6L DSL Turbo VIN 2 (2004))
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 4wd Workshop Manual (V8-5.3L VIN Z Flex Fuel (2005))
Chevrolet Equinox Awd Workshop Manual (V6-3.4L (2008))
Chevrolet Chevette Workshop Manual (L4-98 1.6L (1982))
Chevrolet Colorado 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.8L VIN 8 (2004))
Uplander FWD V6-3.5L VIN L (2006)
Chevrolet - Monte Carlo - Workshop Manual - (2004)
Chevrolet Equinox Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.4L VIN F (2005))
Chevrolet - Cruze - Workshop Manual - 2011 - 2015
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 2wd Workshop Manual (V8-4.8L VIN V (2006))
Chevrolet S10 Workshop Manual (S10-T10 Blazer 4WD V6-262 4.3L VIN Z (1994))
Chevrolet Camaro Workshop Manual (V8-6.2L (2010))
2010 Chevrolet Cruze Body Repair Manual
Chevrolet K Tahoe 4wd Workshop Manual (V8-5.7L VIN R (1996))
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 4wd Workshop Manual (V8-5.3L VIN T (2004))
Tahoe 4WD V8-5.3L VIN T (2004)
Chevrolet Chevelle Workshop Manual (Chevelle-Malibu V8-305 5.0L (1983))
Chevrolet G 30 Van Workshop Manual (V8-379 6.2L DSL (1987))
Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual (L4-2.2L VIN F (2004))
Chevrolet Silverado Classic 1500 2wd Workshop Manual (V8-6.0L (2007))
2001-2005--Chevrolet--Impala--6 Cylinders K 3.8L FI OHV--32849802
Chevrolet Equinox Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.0L (2010))
Chevrolet Express 1500 Awd Workshop Manual (V8-5.3L (2008))
Chevrolet - Express - Wiring Diagram - 2019 - 2019
Chevrolet Caprice Classic Workshop Manual (V8-305 5.0L VIN E TBI (1991))
Chevrolet Malibu Workshop Manual (V6-191 3.1L VIN M SFI (1997))
Silverado 1500 2WD V6-4.3L (2007)
Chevrolet S10 Workshop Manual (S10-T10 Blazer 4WD V6-262 4.3L VIN W CPI (1992))
Malibu L4-2.2L VIN F (2005)
Chevrolet Hhr Workshop Manual (L4-2.2L (2007))
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 2wd Workshop Manual (V6-4.3L VIN X (2004))
Chevrolet Impala Workshop Manual (V6-3.4L VIN E (2000))
Lumina V6-204 3.4L DOHC VIN X SFI (1996)
Summary of Content
b L 1993 CHEVROLET SUBURBAN and BLAZER OWNER'S MANUAL .Ha-*. INTRODUCTION I993 Blazer and Suburban Owner’s Manual Welcome Thismanualwaspreparedtoacquaintyouwiththeoperationand maintenance of your 1993 Chevrolettruck,andtoprovideimportantsafety information.Thereisalso a ChevroletTruckWarrantyandOwnerAssistance Informationbooklet.In somevehicles,therecanbeinformationmanualsfrom othermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipmentcompanies. We urgeyoutoreview all thesepublicationscarefully.Thiswillhelpyouenjoy safe and trouble-free operation of yourvehicle. in mindthatyourChevroletdealerknows When it comestoservice,keep yourvehiclebestandisinterested in yourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer all of your service needs bothduringandafterthe invites you to returnfor warrantyperiod. it toyour Remember,ifyou have a concernandneedhelphandling 8, or intheChevroletTruck satisfactionseetheprocedureinSection WarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformationbooklet. Thanks for choosing a Chevrolet product. We valueyouas a memberofthe Chevrolet family. We want to assure you of our continuing interest in your pleasure and satisfaction with your vehicle. Chevrolet Motor Division GeneralMotorsCorporation 30007 Van DykeAve. Warren,Michigan 48090 @Copyright7992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division. All Rights Reserved Printed in USA aecond Edition i Important Notes toOwnersandDrivers . . . .AboutDrivingyourBlazer: As withothervehiclesof this type, failure to operatethisvehiclecorrectlymayresult in loss of control or an accident. Besure to readthe“on-pavement”and“off-road’’drivingguidelines in thismanual.(See“DrivingGuidelines”and“Off-RoadDrivingWith Your Four-wheel DriveVehicle” in theIndex.) . . . .About This Manual: Pleasekeepthismanual in yourvehicle, so it willbethere if youeverneed it whenyou’reon the road. If you sell the in it so thenewownercanuseit. vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual This manualincludesthelatestinformation at the time it was printed, We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirstsold in Canada,substitutethe.name“General it appears MotorsofCanada Limited”forChevroletMotorDivisionwhenever in this manual. . . .ForCanadianOwners Who Prefer a FrenchLanguageManual: Aux proprietairescanadiens:Vouspouvez vous procurerunexemplairedece guideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaireou auDGNMarketing Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd.,Mississauga, Ontario L5T1C7. I r GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, Chevrolet, the Chevrolef Emblem, BLAZER and SUBURBAN are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation. ii Mudel Reference This manual covers these models. MODEL TYPE WAGON UTILITY iii TABLE OF CONTENTS e Comfort Confrols & Audio Systems 1 1- TO21 2 iv Section 0 This section tells you how to use your manual and includes safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols. This section tells you how to use your seats and safety properly. belts L 1 A This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle. 3 This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system. Here YOU II find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions. 5 This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating. Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good. This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use. This section tells you how to contact your GM division for assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”. an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this 1. You canuse it to quickly find something you want to TO210 V Manypeopleread their owner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhentheyfirst receive their new vehicle. This will help you learn about the features and controlsforyourvehicle. In thismanual,you’llfind that picturesandwords work together to explain things quickly. INDEX: A goodplace to look forwhatyouneed is the index in back of the manual.It’sanalphabeticallist of allthat’s in themanual,andthepage numberwhereyou’ll find it. SECTIONS1-6: Eachsection of thismanualbeginswithabrieflistofits contents, so youcanoften find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe informationyouwant. SECTION 7: This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle. SECTION 8: Thissectionincludesimportantinformationaboutreportingsafety defectsandgivesyoudetailsabout the RoadsideAssistanceprogram.You willalso find customersatisfactionphonenumbers(includingcustomer as wellasthe satisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeechimpaired), mediationlarbitrationprocedure. We’ve alsoincludedorderinginformationfor servicepublications in this section. How To Use This Manual Safety Warnings and Symbols You willfindanumber of safetycautions in thisbook. We useyellowand if you thetheword CAUTION to tell youaboutthingsthatcouldhurtyou weretoignorethewarning. In the yellow cautionarea, we tell youwhat thehazardis.Then we tell you If whatto do to helpavoid orreducethehazard.Pleasereadthesecautions. youdon’t,youorothers could behurt. You willalso find a red circlewith a slashthrough it in this book. Thissafety symbolmeans“Don’t,’’“Don’tdothis,’’or“Don’tletthishappen.” AM002002 0-2 I NOTICE I rhese mean there is something that could damage your vehicle. In thebluenoticearea, we tellyouaboutsomethingthatcandamageyour vehicle.Manytimes,thisdamagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and it couldbecostly.Butthenoticewill tell youwhatto do to helpavoidthe damage. Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE warningsindifferentcolorsorindifferentwords. In thismanual,we’veused the familiar words and colors that General Motors has used for years. You’llalsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors, andthewordsCAUTION orNOTICE. I Vehicle Symbols These are someof the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example. these symbols are usedon an original battery: I 1 Caution Possible Injury - 1 Protect Eyes by Shielding CausricBatteryAcidSpark or FlameCould Could Cause Burns Explode Barfery Avoid Sparks or flames These symbols are important for you and your passengers wheneveryour vehicle is driven: Fasten Safety Door Belts lock/Unlock PO335 0-4 These symbols have to do with your lights: A Master Lighting Switch Turn Signal Direction Hazard Warning Flasher Headlight High Beam 50 I Parking Lights 0 Off Daytime Running Lights Fog Lights These symbols are on some of your controls: -~ Windshield Wiper w 1 ~ RearWindowWiper Windshield Defroster Windshield Washer I I I I Rear Window Washer L CYT Ventilating Fan Rear Window Defogger I I Hatch Release PO595 0-5 These symbols are used onwarning and indicator lights. I-, I Engine Coolant Temperature Battery Charging System Engine Oil Pressure Fuel I BRAKE ANTILOCK 1 RELEASE 1 Brake 4 Wheel Parking Brake Release Anti-Lock I SHIFT 1 Shift Light Here aresome other symbols you may see: Fuse Hood Release Lighter Horn PO597 0-6 Seats & Safety . Belts Hereyou’llfindinformationabouttheseatsinyourvehicleand how to use your safety belts properly. You can also learnabout some things you should not do with safety belts . Seats and Seat Controls ...................................................................................... 1-2 Front Seats ........................................................................................................ 1-2 Head Restraints ................................................................................................. 1-5 Rear Seats ......................................................................................................... 1-8 Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .................................................................. 1-13 Why Safety Belts Work ................................................................................... 1-15 Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts ......................................... 1-18 How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-20 Adults ................................................................................................................... 1-20 DriverPosition ................................................................................................... 1-20 Lap-Shoulder Belt............................. .... ,... ................................................ 1-21 SafetyBelt Use DuringPregnancy ................................................................ 1-26 PassengerPositions ........................................................................................ 1-27 Children ................................................................................................................ 1-34 Smaller Children and Babies .......................................................................... 1-34 Child Restraints................................................................................................ 1-36 Larger Children ................................................................................................ 1-44 Safety Belt Extender ........................................................................................... 1-46 ........................................... 1-47 Checking Your Restraint Systems.~,,~,,~~~~~*~~~,,,.-~i~~~Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ............................................................... 1-47 ..... 4. E 1-1 Seats & Safety Belts Seats and Seat Controls This sectiontellsyouabouttheseats-howtoadjustthem,takethemout, fold themupanddown. It alsotellsyouabout andputthembackin,and recliningseats and headrestraints. Front Seats Manual Front Seat 1 CAUTION A You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is moving.Thesuddenmovement could startle and confuse you, ormake you push a pedalwhenyou is not don’twant to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the vehicle movina. K2102 Slide the lever at the front of theseattowardyourdoortounlock it. Slide it. Then release the lever and try tomove the theseattowhereyouwant seatwithyourbody, to makesuretheseatislockedintoplace. 1-2 Power Seat K2365 Ifyourvehiclehas a powerseaton this switchatthefront of theseat. the driver’sside,youcanadjustitwith Reclining Front Seatback (Bucket or Split Bench Seat) Pol 91 To adjusttheseatback,liftthefront of thislever. If your vehiclehasa passengersideeasyentryseat,yourseatbackleverwillbeslightlylarger,but will work thesameway.Releasethelever to locktheseatbackwhereyou wantit.Pull up on the lever and theseatbackwill go toanuprightposition. 1-3 Seats & Safety Belts Don’thaveaseatbackreclined if your vehicle is moving. i AN1 01 020 I CAUTION A sittingin a reclinedpositionwhenyourvehicle is in motioncan be ,,.Igerous. Even if you buckle up,yoursafetybelts can’t do their job whenyou’rereclined like this. 1 I The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it won’t be against your body.Instead, it will be infront of you. In a crashyou could go into it,receivingneck or other injuries. The lap beltcan’t do its jobeither.In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicleisinmotion,have the I seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your belt properly. safety I Head Restraints i I AN102016 Slidetheheadrestraintup to the top of yourears. or down so that the top oftherestraint Thispositionreducesthechance of aneckinjury is closest in acrash. Seatback Latches (40/60 Reclining Split Bench Seat and Reclining Bucket Seat) PO191 To foldaseatbackforward, seatback forward. pull up on thefront of thisleverandfoldthe 1-5 Seats dk Safety Belts To returntheseatbacktotheuprightposition,justpushtheseatback rearward. When you returntheseatback to itsoriginalposition,pull suretheseatbackislocked. it forward to make If theseatbackisn'tlocked, it could move forwardinasuddenstop rcrash.Thatcouldcauseinjury to thepersonsittingthere.Always pressrearward on the seatback to besure it is locked. Easy Entry Seat (Uti/ity Model Front and Wagon Model Second Seat) K2406 Therightfrontbucketseatortherightside of the 40160 splitbenchseat, it easy availableontheUtilitymodel,has aneasyentryfeature.Thismakes to get in andout of therearseat. To operatetheseat,pushdown on therear of theleverattherearedge the seat.Whenyoudo,theseatbackwillmovefullyforwardandtheseat it stops. bottom will release.Justpullorpushtheseatforwarduntil To returnthe seat to itsregularposition,returntheseatback to itsupright position,then push the wholeseatrearward until it latches. 1-6 of sure Afterreturningtheseat body, to makesurethe to itsregularposition, try to move theseatwithyour seat is locked into place. K2476 Therightside of therear 60140 splitfoldingbenchseat,availableon the Wagonmodel,hasaneasyentryfeature.Thismakes it easy to get in and out of the third seat, if you haveone. To operatetheseat,movethetopleverattherearedge of theseatforward, of thevehicle.When you do, theseat and tilt theseatbacktowardthefront it stops. bottomwillrelease.Justpull or pushtheseatforwarduntil To returntheseat to its regularposition,returntheseatbacktoitsupright position,thenpushthewholeseatrearwarduntillatches. Afterreturningtheseat to itsregularposition,trytomovetheseatwithyour body, to makesure the seatislockedintoplace. I CAUTION I I If aneasyentryrightfront seat isn'tlocked, it canmove. In a suddenstoporcrash,the person sittingtherecouldbeinjured. 'you'veused it, besurepushrearwardonaneasyentryseatto be it is locked. 1-7 ,4.Lwl I Seats & Safety Belts Rear Seats Folcihg Rear Seat (Utility Models) If your vehicle has a rear seat, the seat can be folded flat for more cargo space.Beforefolding,makesurethatnothing is underor in frontoftheseat. Whnn +ha @sat is folded. it willlavflatonthefloor. I i- PO273 To fold the seat, pull ontheleveratthefrontoftheseatcushionmarked RELEASE. Then,usingthehandleatthesideoftheseatback,pullthe seatback forward and fold it into the seat cushion. 1 n ..I PO272 Whilethe seat is in thefoldedposition,hangthelatchplateend oftheouter at thetopofeachretractor passenger position safety belts on the hooks cover,outoftheway. 1-8 To returntheseat to thepassengerposition,just lift up on theseatback and push it rearwarduntil it latches. Afterreturningtheseat to thepassengerposition,pullforward seatback to makesure it is lockedinplace. on the Folding Second Seat (Wagon Models) If yourvehiclehasa 60140 second seat,eithersidemaybefoldeddown to giveyoumorecargospace.Beforefolding,makesurethatnothing is under or in front of theseat.Whenthe seat is folded, it willlay flat onthefloor. i K2477 To fold the seat,pushdown on theleverattheouterside of theseat cushionand,usingthehandlemounted on theside of theseat,pulltheseat cushion up and fold it forward. 1-9 Seats & Safety Belts PO507 Afterfoldingtheseatbackfullyforward,pushdownontheleveragainand it is flat. foldtheseatbackforwarduntil To createaloadfloor,releasethepanelsfromtheseatbacksbypushing rearwardonthelatch,andfoldthemouttocovertherearseatfootwell. 1-1 0 PO509 To returntheseattothepassengerposition,lifttheloadfloorpanelsand latchthemintotheseatback.Then,lifttheseatbackupandpushrearward it latchesinposition, until it latches.Lowertheseatcushionuntil After returningtheseat to thepassengerposition, pull forward on the seatback a n d up on theseatcushionhandle to makesure theseatislocked in place. Removable Rear Seat (Wagon Models) Ifyour vehicle has a rearseat,itcanbetakenoutformorecargospace. PO274 Beforeremovingtheseat,unlatchtheoutsidepassengerpositionsafetybelts fromtheseatframe. To do this,press in ontheinside of thebucklecover 1-1 1 Seats & Safety Belts sleeveandpullthelatchplate of thebeltonthehookatthetop out of buckle. Thenhangthelatchplateend of theretractor cover,out of the way. PO51 0 To removetheseat, fully opentherearloaddoors and entertheback of the of the seat toward vehicle.Movetheseatbackreleaseleverattherightrear the center of the vehicle, and fold the seatback forward into the seat cushion. K2356 To unlatchtheseat from thefloor, pull up onthecenterreleasehandle at the rear of the seat and lift the rear of theseatup,out of the floor. Turn the seat sideways and take it out of the vehicle. 1-1 2 To puttheseatbackin, hold itsidewaysandputitintothevehicle.Turnthe seat to theforwardpositionandsetitdown,withthelatchesatthebottomof theseatoverthehooks in thefloor. Pull uponthecenterreleasehandle and let the seatdrop into place.Releasethehandletolettheseatlatch closeandmakesure it locksintoplace.Then,movetheseatbackrelease of theseattowardthecenter of thevehicleandraise lever at the right rear the seatback. to the upright position, push Afterreturningtheseatback fonvard to makesure it islockedinplace. Then,returntheoutsidepassengerpositionsafetybelts buckles. A the seatback to theseatframe A safety belt that is twistedornot properly attached won’t provide I the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After installing the seat, always check to be sure that the safety belts are not twisted and are properly attached. 1 Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone Thispart of the manual tells you yousomethingsyoushouldnot how to usesafetybeltsproperly.Italsotells do withsafetybelts. Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twear a safetybeltproperly. If you are in a crashandyou’renotwearing a safetybelt,yourinjuries canbe much worse. You canhitthingsinsidethevehicleorbe ejectedfrom it. You can beseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame y% &: crash, you might not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your ik:: safetybelt,andcheckthatyourpassengers’beltsarefastened properly too. .-.> , 1-1 3 Seats & Safety Belts 1 I I 1 AM110001 This figurelights up whenyou turnthe key to RUN or START whenyour safetybeltisn’tbuckled,andyou’llhearabuzzer or tone, too. It’s the reminderto .buckle up. InmanystatesandCanadianprovinces,thelawsays to wearsafetybelts.Here’swhy: They work. Youneverknow if you’llbe in a crash. If youdohave know if it willbeabadone. a crash,youdon’t A fewcrashesareverymild. In them,youwon’tgethurteven if you’renot buckled up.And some crashescanbe so serious,likebeinghitbyatrain, But mostcrashesare in thatevenbuckledupapersonwouldn’tsurvive. between.Inmanyofthem,peoplewhobuckleupcansurviveandsometimes walkaway.Without belts they could bebadlyhurt or killed. 1-1 4 After 25 years of safety belts in vehicles, the facts are buckling up does matter . . . a lot! clear. In most crashes I I AN110021R1 Why Safety Belts Work AMllbUd2 AM115001 When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.Forexample, if the bike is going 10 mph (16 km/h), so isthechild. When thebikehitsthe block, it stops. But thechildkeepsgoing! 1-15 Seats & Safety Belts b AM115003 Takethesimplest“vehicle.”Supposeit’s onit. AM115004 just a seat onwheels. Put someone I AM115005 Get it up to speed.Thenstopthe“vehicle.”Theriderdoesn’tstop. 1-1 6 AM115006 Thepersonkeepsgoinguntilstoppedbysomething. couldbethewindshield ... In arealvehicle, it i L AM115007 or theinstrumentpanel ... 1-17 Seats & Safety Belts 1 AM115008 or the safety belts! Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes. You getmoretime to stop. Youstopovermoredistance,andyourstrongestbonestake theforces. That’swhysafetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense. Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts-and the Answers Q: Won’t I betrappedin the vehicleafteranaccident if I’m wearing a safetybelt? A: You could be-whetheryou’rewearingasafety belt ornot.Butyoucan if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance of easilyunbuckleasafetybelt,even so you can unbuckleandget beingconsciousduringandafteranaccident, out,is much greater if youarebelted. Q: Whydon’ttheyjustput safetybelts? in airbags so people won’t have to wear A: “Airbags,”orSupplementalInflatableRestraintsystems,are in some in thefuture.Buttheyare vehiclestodayand will beinmoreofthem supplementalsystemsonly - so theywork with safetybelts,notinstead of them.Every“airbag”systemeverofferedforsalehasrequiredtheuse of safetybelts.Even if you’reinavehiclethathas“air bags,”you stillhaveto buckle uptogetthemostprotection.That’struenotonly in frontalcollisions, butespecially in sideandothercollisions. 1-1 8 Q: If I’m a good driver, and I neverdrivefarfromhome,whyshould wear safety belts? I A: Youmaybe anexcellentdriver,but if you’re in anaccident - evenone - youand yourpassengerscanbehurt.Beingagood thatisn’tyourfault as bad driverdoesn’tprotectyoufromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,such drivers. Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km) of home.Andthegreatest numberof serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of lessthan 40 mph (65km/h). Safety belts are for everyone. Safety Belt Reminder Light K2443 Whenthekey is turned to RUN or START, a lightwillcomeonforabout eightsecondstoremindpeople to fasten their safety belts. Unless the driver’s safetybeltisbuckled,abuzzerortonewillalsosound. 1-1 9 Seafs & Safety Belts How To Wear Safety Belts Properly Adults Thispartisonlyforpeopleofadultsize. + Therearespecialthings u I to knowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And therearedifferentrulesforbabiesandsmallerchildren. If achildwill beridingin yourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called “Children.”Followthoserulesforeveryone’sprotection. First, you’ll wanttoknowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehicle with the driver position. Driver Position Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem. I C I E 1-20 has. We’ll start Lap-Shoulder Belt T I 1 I I I AM1 20007 Thedriverhasalap-shoulderbelt.Here’s how towear it properly. 1. Closeandlockthedoor. 2. Adjusttheseat(toseehow,see“Seats”intheIndex) up straight. so youcansit 1 AN120120 3. Pickupthelatch plate andpullthebeltacrossyou. On somemodels youmayheara clickingsound as theshoulderbelt is pulled out or whenreleasedback into the cover. This is theshoulderbelttension reducingfeatureoperatingproperly.Don’tletthebeltgettwisted. 4. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntil it clicks. 1-21 Seats & Safety Belts Ifthebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheendofthis section. Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupward wouldbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto. oroutward so you Thelappart of thebeltshould be lowandsnugon thehips,justtouching thethighs.Inacrash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And If you slidunder it, thebelt you’dbelesslikelytoslideunderthelapbelt. would applyforceatyourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousorevenfatal go overtheshoulderandacrossthechest. injuries.Theshoulderbeltshould Theseparts of thebodyarebestabletotakebeltrestrainingforces. Thesafetybeltlocks if there’sasuddenstoporacrash. Q: What’swrongwiththis? AM120015 A: Theshoulderbelt way. -A is tooloose. It won’tgivenearlyasmuchprotectionthis You canbeseriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbeltistooloose.Ina crashyouwouldmoveforwardtoomuch,whichcouldincreaseinjury. The shoulder belt should fit againstyourbody. 1-22 CAUTION A You can be seriously injured if your beltgoesoveranarmrestlike too high. In acrash,youcanslide this.Thebeltwouldbemuch underthebelt.Thebeltforcewouldthenbeappliedattheabdomen, notatthepelvicbones,andthatcouldcauseseriousorfatalinjuries. Besurethebeltgoesunderthearmrests. 1 Q: What’s wrong withthis? A 8 AM125001 It should beworn over the A: Theshoulderbeltiswornunderthearm. shoulderat all times. A I- You canbeseriouslyinjured if you wear theshoulderbeltunderyour arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would increase the chanceofheadandneckinjury. Also, thebeltwould as shoulder applytoomuchforce to the ribs,whicharen’tasstrong bones.You couldalsoseverelyinjureinternalorganslikeyourliver or spleen. 1-24 I Q: What’s wrong with this? AM125002 A: The belt is twisted across the body. I CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt, In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the belt to spread impad forces. If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or ask your dealer to fix a. 1 r.- 1 . AN120123 To unlatchthe belt, just push thebuttononthebuckle.Thebeltshould back out of the way. 1-25 go Seats & Safety Belts Beforeyou close thedoor,besurethebelt is out of the way, If youslam thedooronit,youcandamageboththebeltandyourvehicle. Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Likealloccupants, if theydon’twearsafetybelts. theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured A pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbelt,andthelapportion shouldbewornas low aspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy. is toprotectthemother.Whenasafety Thebestwaytoprotectthefetus belt is wornproperly,it’smorelikelythatthefetuswon’tbehurtinacrash. For pregnantwomen,as for anyone,thekeytomakingsafetybeltseffective iswearingthemproperly. 1-26 Right Front Passenger Position K2426 Therightfrontpassenger’ssafetybeltworksthesamewayasthedriver’s safetybelt. See “DriverPosition,”earlierinthissection. of thebeltispulledout all the way, it willlock. If it Whenthelapportion does,letitgobackallthewayandstartagain. Center Passenger Position (Except Wagon Models Second Seat) If yourvehiclehasfrontandrearbenchseats,someonecansit positions. 1-27 in thecenter -Seats & Safety Belts Whenyousit in the center seating position, (except in thesecondseat of the To make WagonModels)youhavea lapsafetybelt,whichhasnoretractor. thebeltlonger,tiltthelatchplateandpullitalongthebelt. I AN145043 AN145041 To makethebeltshorter,pullitsfreeend Buckle,positionandrelease lap-shoulder belt. as shownuntilthebeltissnug. it thesamewayasthelappartofa If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’attheendofthis section. Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward wouldbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto. 1-28 so you Center Passenger Position (Wagon Models Second Seat) K2437 When you sit in thecenterposition of thewagonmodelsecondseat,you havealapsafetybeltwhichhasaretractor. r . .. . . AN145053 I . Pickupthelatchplateand, in asinglemotion,pullthebeltacrossyou. Don’tlet it gettwisted. 2. Push thelatchplateintothebuckleuntil it clicks. If thebeltstopsbefore it reachesthebuckle,let it gobackallthewayandstartagain. 1-29 Seats & Safety Belts 3. Feedthelapbeltintotheretractor 4. Positionandrelease to tighten it. it the sameway as thelappart of alap-shoulder belt. If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend of this section.Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward so you would beable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto. AN145054 Rear Seat Passengers It’sveryimportantforrearseatpassengers to buckleup!Accidentstatistics show thatunbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoftenincrashes thanthosewhoarewearingsafetybelts. Rearpassengerswhoaren’tsafety acrash.Andtheycanstrikeothers belts. belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in in the vehicle who arewearingsafety 1-30 Rear Seat Outside Positions Lap-Shoulder Belt Thepositionsnext to thewindowshavelap-shoulderbelts.Here’showto wearoneproperly. 1. Pickup the latchplateandpullthebeltacrossyou.Don’tletitget twisted. AN14702 2. Push the latchplate into thebuckle until it clicks. If thebeltstopsbefore it reachesthebuckle, keeppullinguntilyou can buckleit. 1-31 tilt thelatchplateand If thebeltisnot this section. long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend Make sure thereleasebutton youwouldbeabletounbuckle on thebucklefacesupward of or outward so it quickly if youeverhadto. AN147096 To makethelapparttight, pull down on thebuckleend youpull uptheshoulderpart. of thebeltas 1 I 1 L . AM1 20007 The lap part of the belt should be low andsnug on thehips,justtouching thethighs. In a crash,thisappliesforce to the strong pelvic bones.And If youslidunderit,thebelt you’d be lesslikely to slideunderthelapbelt. 1-32 wouldapplyforce at yourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousoreven fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across thechest. to take belt restrainingforces. Theseparts of thebodyarebestable Thesafetybeltlocks if thereisasuddenstopor a crash. I CAUTION r I if yourshoulderbeltis too loose. In a You canbeseriouslyhurt 'b crash you would moveforwardtoomuch,whichcouldincreaseinjury. The shoulder belt should fit against your body. L AN147030 To unlatchthebelt,justpushthebutton on thebuckle. 1-33 Seats & Safety Belts AN1 50036 Everyonein a vehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsand all children smallerthanadultsize. In fact,thelawineverystateandCanadianprovince a vehicle. sayschildrenup to someagemustberestrainedwhilein Smaller Children and Babies CAUTION I A Smaller children and babiesshould always berestrainedin a child or b infant restraint. The instructions for the restraint will say whether it is the right type and size for your child. A very young child's hip bones are so smallthat a regularbeltmightnotstay low onthehips, as it should.Instead,the belt will likely be over the child's abdomen. In a crash the belt would apply forcerighton the child's abdomen, which could cause serious or fatal injuries. So, be sure that any child small enough for one is always properly restrained in a child or infant restraint. 134 I r A IAM150035 I CAUTION Never hold ababy in yourarmswhileriding in avehicle. A baby will doesn'tweighmuch-untilacrash.Duringacrashababy become so heavyyoucan'tholdit.Forexample, in a crash at only mph (40 km/h), a12-pound (5.5 kg} baby will suddenlybecomea 240-pound (110 kg) force on your arms. The baby would bealmost impossible to hold. I Secure the baby in an infantrestraint. I' I' 4AN15003 1-35 Seats & Safety Belts Child Restraints Besuretofollowtheinstructionsfortherestraint. Youmay findthese instructionsontherestraintitself or in abooklet,orboth.Theserestraints usethebeltsystem in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohastobesecured within the restraint to helpreducethechanceofpersonalinjury.The instructions that comewith theinfantorchildrestraintwillshowyouhowto do that. Where to Put the Restraint Accidentstatisticsshowthatchildrenaresafer if theyarerestrainedinthe rearratherthanthefrontseat. WeatGeneralMotorsthereforerecommend that you putyourchildrestraint in therearseatunlessthechildisaninfant andyou’retheonlyadult in thevehicle. In thatcase,youmightwant to on the securetherestraintinthefrontseatwhereyoucankeepaneye baby. Wherever you installit,besure to securethechildrestraintproperly. CAUTION I Anunsecuredchildrestraintcanmovearound in acollisionor A sudden stop and injure people in thevehicle.Be sure to properly secureanychildrestraint in yourvehicle-evenwhenno child is in it. A Top Strap AN1 55001 If your childrestrainthasatopstrap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to GM dealer to putit in for you. If haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour youwant to installananchoryourself,yourdealercantellyouhow to doit. 1-36 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Position --II K2432 You’ll be usingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearliersectionaboutthe strap if thechildrestraint has one. 1. Puttherestraint restraint. top on theseat. Follow theinstructionsforthechild 2. Securethechildinthechildrestraintastheinstructionssay. I AN160147 3. Pull out thevehicle’ssafetybelt.Makethebelt as long aspossibleby it alongthebelt. tiltingthelatchplateandpulling 1-37 Seats & Safety Belts 4. Runthe lap partthrough or aroundtherestraint.Thechildrestraint instructionswill show you how.See if theshoulderbeltwouldgoinfront of thechild’sface orneck. If so, put it behindthechildrestraint. AN1 60136 AN160062 5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward, so you’llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to. 6. To tighten the belt, pull upontheshoulderbeltwhileyoupushdown thechildrestraint. on i :A AN160067 7. Push and pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections secure. 1-38 to be sure it is To removethe child restraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltandlet go back all the way. The safetybelt will movefreelyagainandbereadyto or larger child passenger. workforanadult it Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Seat Position (Except Wagon Models Second Seat) I C c Whenyousecure a childrestraint in a centerseatingposition,except secondseat of a Wagon model, you’llbeusingthelapbelt.Seetheearlier partaboutthetopstrapif the child restrainthasone. 1. Makethe belt as long aspossibleby along the belt. in the tilting thelatchplateandpulling it 1 AN163028 1-39 Seats & Safety Belts 2. Puttherestraintontheseat. restraint. Follow theinstructionsforthechild 3. Securethe child in thechildrestraintastheinstructions say. 4. Runthevehicle’ssafety belt throughoraroundtherestraint.The restraintinstructionswillshowyou how. child 5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward, so you’llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto. 6. To tightenthebelt,pull restraint. its freeendwhileyoupushdownonthe child 7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirectionstobesure it is secure. If thechildrestraintisn’tsecure,turnthelatchplateoverand in buckle it again.Thensee if it issecure. If itisn’t,securetherestraint a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker for their advice. To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt. ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger. It will be Securing a Child Restraint in fhe Center Seat Position (Wagon Models Second Seat) 1 You’ll beusingthelapbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap childrestrainthasone. 1-40 if the 1. Puttherestraintontheseat. restraint. Follow theinstructionsforthechild 2. Securethechild in the child restraintastheinstructions 3. Pullthelapbelt all the way outwithoutstopping. say. 4. Whileholding it out,runthebeltthroughoraroundthechildrestraint. The child restraintinstructionswillshowyouhow. AN163056 AN163057 5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward, so you’ll be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever need to. 1-41 Seats & Safety Belts 6. Pull therest of thebelt all thewayoutoftheretractor to setthelock. 7. To tightenthebelt,feeditbackintotheretractorwhileyoupushdown onthechildrestraint. 8. Pushand pull the child restraint in differentdirectionstobesure secure. To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltand go back all the way. Thesafetybeltwillmovefreelyagainandbeready work for anadultorlarger child passenger. it is let it to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat You’ll beusingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap if the child restrainthasone. 1. Puttherestraintontheseat. restraint. Follow theinstructionsforthe child 2. Securethechild in thechildrestraint as theinstructions say. 3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround show youhow.See if therestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructionswill the shoulder belt would go in front ofthechild’sfaceorneck.If so, put it behind the child restraint. 1-42 AN165013 4. Buckle the belt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupward so you'llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed or outward, to. 5. Pulltherest of thebelt all the way out of the lap retractortosetthe lock. AN1 65123 AN165015 6. To tighten the belt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhileyou push downonthechildrestraint. 1-43 Seats & Safety Belts 1 AN165016 7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections secure. to be sure it is To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltandlet back allthe way.Thesafety belt will movefreelyagainandbeready foranadult or larger child passenger. it go to work Larger Children -I AM170057 Children whohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle’ssafety should sitnext to a window so the child belts. If youhavethechoice,achild can wearalap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraint a shoulderbelt canprovide.Accidentstatisticsshowthatchildren are safer if theyare restrainedintherearseat. Buttheyneed to use thesafety belts-properly. 1-44 Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in a crash. I I AM170060 Childrenwho arsn’t buckled up can strike other people who are. r il AM170058 b I Never do this. Here two children are wearingthe same belt. The belt can’tproperly . . In crash, the twochildren can be spreadtheimpactforces. crushed,-together and seriouslyinjured. A belt must be usedby only one nerson at a time. a 1-45 I Q: What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulderbelt,butthechild is so small thattheshoulder belt is very close to the child’s face or neck? A: Movethechild toward thecenter of the vehicle,but besure that the shoulder belt still is on thechild’s shoulder, so that in a crashthechild’s If the child is so small upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide, or neck,youmight thattheshoulderbeltstillisveryclosetothechild’sface if your vehiclehas one. want to placethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt, AM170064 I CAUTION A ~ Neverdo this. Hereachildissittinginaseatthathasalap-shoulderbelt,butthe shoulderpart is behindthechild. If thechild wears thebeltinthis way, in a crashthechildmightslideunderthebelt.Thebelt’sforce wouldthenbeappliedrightonthechild’sabdomen.Thatcould cause serious or fatal injuries. Whereverthechildsits,the lap pottion of thebeltshouldbewornlowand snug on thehips,justtouchingthechild’sthighs.Thisappliesbeltforceto thechild’spelvicbonesinacrash. Safety Belt Extender If thevehicie’ssafetybeltwillfastenaroundyou,youshoulduse it. But if a you an extender. safetybeltisn’tlongenoughtofasten,yourdealerwillorder It’sfree.Whenyougo in toorderit,taketheheaviestcoatyouwill wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. The extender will be just for you, 1-46 and justfor the seat iir ydur vehicletharyou choose. Don't let someone else use it, anduse it only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it to the regular safety belt. Checking Your Restraint Systems Now andthen,makesure all yourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors, anchoragesandremindersystemsareworkingproperly.Lookforanyloose parts ordamage. If youseeanythingthatmightkeep a restraintsystem from doingits job, have it repaired. Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash If you'vehad a crash,doyouneednewbelts? belts were. After a very minorcollision,nothing maybenecessary.Butifthe stretched,astheywouldbeifwornduring a moreseverecrash,thenyou need newbelts. Ifyoueversee a label on a rightfrontsafetybeltthatsaystoreplacethe do so. Then it willbetheretohelpprotect you in an belt,besureto accident. You wouldseethislabelonthebeltnearthedooropening. AM177001 If beltsarecut or damaged,replacethem.Collisiondamagealsomaymean you willhave to havesafetybeltpartsliketheretractorreplacedor if thebeltwasn'tbeingusedatthetime anchoragelocationsrepaired-even of the collision. Seats & Safety Bdts Q: What’swrongwiththis? c AP125004 A: Thebeltistorn. I CAUTION =L Torn or frayed belts may not protect you in a crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a b0R is tom or frayed, get a new on0 right away. Beforereplacinganysafetybelt,seeyourdealerforthecorrectpartnumber. You’llneedthemodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel yearisonyour title andregistration.Andyoucanfindthemodelnumberon the certificationhre label ofyourvehicle. 1-48 1I A A b K2447 Themodelnumberonthereplacementbeltmustbelistedonthesafetybelt youwant to replace. 1-49 . Featums & Controls I Section Hereyoucanlearnaboutthemanystandardandoptionalfeaturesonyour . Also explainedare vehicle.andinformationonstarting.shifting.andbraking theinstrumentpanelandthewarningsystemsthat tell you if everythingis . workingproperly-andwhat to doifyouhaveaproblem For explanation of vehicle symbols in thissection. refer to “Vehicle Symbols” in Section 0. Keys ....................................................................................................................... 2-3 Your DobrS and How They Work ........................................................................ 2-5 Side Doors ......................................................................................................... 2-5 2-6 Door Locks ......................................................................................................... ............................................................ 2-7 2-8 Tailgate ............................................................................................................... Tailgate. Tailgate Glass and Rear Doors Panel Doors ....................................................................................................... 2-9 2-10 Theft ..................................................................................................................... 2-11 New Vehicle Break-In ......................................................................................... 2-11 Ignition Switch ..................................................................................................... Starting Your Engine ...........................................................................................2-14 2-15 Driving Through Water .................................................................................... 2-17 Automatic Transmission ...................................................................................... Five-Speed Manual Transmission ......................................................................2-20 2-1 Features & Controls Locking Rear Axle ............................................................................................... 2-22 Parking Brake...................................................................................................... 2-23 2-27 Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... Engine Exhaust ................................................................................................... 2-28 ...................................................... 2-29 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................ 2-30 Transfer Case .................................................................................................. 2-30 Front Axle Locking Feature ............................................................................ 2-32 Windows ............................................................................................................... 2-33 Horn...................................................................................................................... 2-35 Tilt Wheel ............................................................................................................. 2-35 Multifunction Lever .............................................................................................. 2-36 ....................................................... 2-37 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-38 Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-39 Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-40 Cruise Control .................................................................................................. 2-41 Headlights and Vehicle Lighting ......................................................................... 2-46 Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 2-51 Sun Visors ........................................................................................................... 2-53 2-54 Rear Window Wiper and Washer ...................................................................... Cigarette LightedAshtrays................................................................................... 2-55 Storage Compartments ....................................................................................... 2-55 Instrument Cluster ............................................................................................... 2-62 Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators .......................................................... 2-68 Gages ............................................................................................................... 2-76 Luggage Carrier................................................................................................... 2-80 Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................ 2-82 2-2 A0201001 ~ CAUTION Leavingyoungchildren in avehiclewiththeignitionkey is dangerous fib for manyreasons. A child or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operatepowerwindows or other controls or even make the vehiclemove.Don’tleavethekeys in avehiclewithyoung children. K5127 Theignition keys are for the ignition only. 2-3 a K5316 The door keysareforthedoorsandallotherlocks. \ \ \ K1298 Whenanewvehicle is delivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe keys,andgivesthemtothefirstowner. it thattellsyourdealer or aqualifiedlocksmith how Eachplughasacodeon tomakeextra keys. Keeptheplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys, you’llbeabletohavenewonesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs. 2-4 1 NOTICE Yourvehiclehas a numberofnewfeatures that can help preventthef,. if you ever lock But you canhave a lot of troublegettingintoyourvehicle x keysinside. You may evenhave to damageyourvehicle to get in. So be sure you have extra kevs. # - - Your Doors and How They Work Side Doors To open the door from the outside,pull the handle up and pull the door open. ~. . * . . . . . _ _....... * ..- . . z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . . . . . . . . ~, j. . . . . _... . . . . . . _. . . . . . I K2130 TO open the doorfrom the inside, pull the lever toward you and push the door open. 2-5 Featurns & Controls A Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous. Passengers-especially children-can easily open thedoorsand out. When a door is locked,theinsidehandlewon’topen it. I Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhen down or stop your vehicle. fall you slow This maynotbe so obvious: You increasethechance of being thrownout of the vehicle in a crash if the doors aren’t locked. Wear safetybeltsproperly,lockyourdoors,andyouwill be farbetter off vehicle. you whenever your drive Thereareseveralwaystolockandunlockyourvehicle: From theoutside:useyourdoorkey. From theinside: To lockthedoor,slidethelever on aside doordown. To unlockthedoor,slidetheleveronthedoorup.Therearpaneldoors do not havealever. 2-6 I I Power Door Locks (Option) Pressthebottom of thepowerdoorlockswitchmarked LOCK, on eitherfront doors atonce.Presstheswitchmarked UNLOCK to door,tolockallthe unlockallthedoorsatonce. Leaving Your Vehicle If you are leavingthevehicle,take yourkeys,openyourdoorandsetthe locksfromtheinside,thengetoutandclosethedoor. Tailgate, Tailgate Glass and Rear Doors I CAUTION I Itcanbedangeroustodrivewiththetailgate,tailgateglass or arear b dooropen.CarbonMonoxide (CO)gascancomeintoyourvehicle. You can’tsee or smell CO. It cancauseunconsciousnessandeven death. Ifyoumustdrivewiththetailgate,tailgateglass or areardooropen: Makesureallwindowsareshut. Turnthefanonyourheatingorcoolingsystemtoitshighest VENT. Thatwillforceoutsideairinto speedwiththesettingon yourvehicle.See“ComfortControls”intheIndex. I If youhaveairventson theall them way. or undertheinstrumentpanel,open 2-7 Tailgate . I K2175 If yourvehiclehasatailgate,youmustraisetherearglassbeforelowering key.With the the tailgate. To opentheglassfromtheoutside,useyourdoor it up. key in the lock, turnthekey to therighttoreleasetheglass,thenlift Openthetailgate you. by lifting upon thehandlewhilepullingthetailgatetoward Closethetailgatebeforeclosingtherearglass.Afterclosing,makesurethe tailgate is securelylatchedby pulling it toward you. Afterclosing the rear glass, pull up on its handle to make sure it is locked. 2-8 Panel Doors To opentherear panel doorson the wagonmodel,youmustopen doorfirst. Pull up onthehandleand pull the door open. t" the right g P -: p K2177 To openthe left door, pull thehandle on the door edge out and pull the door open. To close me doors,closetheleftdoorfirst.Besurebothdoorsarelatched securely. PO285 Thereardoorshaveacheckassembly than you want. to keepthemfromopeningfarther 2-9 Features & Contmls You can release the checkstrap if you need to openeitherdoorfarther.First openthedoor part way, but do not let theendofthestrapcatchthe pin on awayfrom the door. Then hold the strap at the white mark and pull the strap thedoorpin. You can then swing the door open all the way. To attachthecheckstrap,justclosethedoorandthestrapwillcatchthe pin. Theft Vehicletheft is a big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features,weknow that nothing we puton it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan help. Key in the Ignition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside, it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves-sodon’t do it.When you park your vehicleandopenthedriver‘sdoor,you’llhearatonereminding you to removeyourkeyfromtheignitionandtake it with you.Alwaysdo so will yourignition. If youhave this. Your steeringwheelwillbelocked,and an automatic transmission, taking your key out also locks your transmission. And remember to lockthedoors. Parking at Night: Parkinalightedspot,close all windowsandlockyour in a storage vehicle, Remember to keepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem area,ortakethemwithyou. Parking Lots: If youpark in a lotwheresomeonewillbewatchingyour if youhave to vehicle,it’sbest to lock it upandtakeyourkeys.Butwhat leave your ignitionkey? What if youhave to leavesomethingvaluable in your vehicle? Putyourvaluables youhaveone. in astorage area, likeyourglovebox Locktheconsole Lockalldoorsexceptthedriver’s Thentakethe keywithyou. 2-1 0 or console, if Ignition Switch Useyoursquarekey to startyourvehicle.Thesquarekeyletsyouturnthe ignitionswitch to fivedifferentpositions: Acc(Accessory):Acc letsyouusethingsliketheradioand the windshield wiperswhen the engine is off. To getinto Acc, push in thekeyand turn it as it was beforeyou towardyou. Your steeringwheelwillremainlocked,just insertedthe key. 2-1 1 Features & Controls LOCK: Thisposition locks yourignition,steeringwheel and transmission. it's a theftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeable to rem(we yourkeywhen the ignition is turnedto LOCK. Off: Thispositionlets you turn off theenginebutstill turnthesteeringwheel. vehicle in motionwhile theengine is off (for Use Off if youmusthaveyour example, if yourvehicleisbeingpushed). 1 Run: Thisisthepositionfordriving. Start: Thisstartsyourengine. 'a I Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekeyto LOCK willlock loss of ability to steerthe thesteeringcolumnandresultina vehicle.This could causeacollision. If youneed to turntheengine off whilethevehicleismoving,turnthekeyonlyto OFF. Don'tmove is moving. thekeyreleaseleverwhilethevehicle NOTICE 2-1 2 I Key Release Lever I KO495 Theignitionkeycannotberemovedfromtheignition vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaseleverisused. A of manualtransmission Onmanualtransmissionvehicles, if youneedtoturntheengine off whilethevehicleismoving, do notpressthekeyreleaselever,turn Off. Turningthekey to LOCK will lockthesteering thekeyonlyto loss of ability to steer the vehicle. column and result in I To Remove the Key Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turnthekeytothe LOCK positionwhile pressingthekeyreleaseleverdown.Keepingyourfingeronthelever,pull thekeystraightout. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekeyto out. 2-1 3 LOCK andpull it straight I I Features & Controls kmrting Your Engine Enginesstartdifferently.The8thdigit ofyourVehicleIdentificationNumber (VIN)showsthecodeletterornumberforyourengine. You will find the VIN atthetopleft ofyourinstrumentpanel.(See“VehicleIdentificationNumber” intheIndex.)Followtheproperstepstostarttheengine. To Start Your 5.7 Liter (Code K) engine or 7.4 Liter (Code N) engine: 1. AutomaticTransmission Moveyourshiftleverto P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your engine won’t start in anyotherposition-that’s asafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. I NOTICE Don’t try to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is moving. our could damaa If youdo, is p~&w$gp! you^^^^ P . icle stormed ManualTransmission Shiftyourgearselectortoneutralandholdtheclutchpedaltothe floor whilestartingtheengine, Your vehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedalis not all the waydown-that’s asafetyfeature. 2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. other vehicles you might need to do this, but because computersystems,youdon’t. In some ofyourvehicle’s 3. Turnyourignitionkeyto Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo key.Theidlespeedwillgodownasyourenginegetswarm. of the 7.4L Engine Cold Start: In cold weather,below 60°F (16°C)’ startthe enginethesamewaybutpushtheacceleratorpedalone-quarterofthe waydownandholditthereforabout 2 secondsaftertheenginestarts. Holding your key in Start for ‘longer than 15 seconds at a time your battery to be drained much sooner. And the excessive he damage your starter motor. 4. If it doesn’tstartrightaway,holdyourkeyin will cause Start. If itdoesn’tstartin three seconds, push the accelerator pedal about one-quarter of the way or until it starts. downfor12moreseconds, 2-1 4 5. If yourenginestillwon’tstart (or startsbutthenstops), Try this: floodedwithtoomuchgasoline. it could be cool down.Thenpushyour Wait 15 secondstoletthestartermotor hold the acceleratorpedalallthewaytothefloor.Holditthere.Then, key in Start for nomorethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra gasolinefromtheengine. If theenginestilldoesn’tstart,waitanother 15 seconds and do Step 5 again. Hot EngineRestart, 5.7L and 7.4L Engines(VehiclesOver 8500 GVWR): If yourengineisalreadyhotandthenstalls,turnyourignitionkeyto Off. Then, turnyourkey to Run, andwaitabout 20 secondsbeforeyourestartyour engine. Whentheenginestarts,letgoofthekeyandacceleratorpedal. I NOTICE rn rn 1 four engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle. If you 1 electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the fuel tctionsystemoperates.Beforeaddingelectricalequipment,checkwith h r dealer. If you don’t,yourenginemightnotperformproperly. you ever have to have your vehicletowed,seethepartofthis :hat tells how to do it without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing Jehicle” in the Index. I Manl, Your Driving Through Deep Standing Water f you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water, water can :me in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine. If IOU can’t avoid deen ouddles or standino water, drive through very slowly. - 2-1 5 I Features & Controls Engine BIock Heater (Option) I i K2214 In very cold weather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theengineblockheatercanhelp. You’llgeteasier starting andbetterfueleconomyduringenginewarm-up. To use the block heater: 1. Turn off theengine. 2. Openthe hood andunwraptheelectricalcord. 3. Plug it into a normal,grounded 110-volt outlet. 1 Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet muld cause an electrical L shock, Also, the wrongkind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the cord into a properly grounded threeprong 110-volt outlet. If the cord won’t reach, use a heavy-duty threepmng extension cord rated for at least 15 amps. I NOTICE teryou’veusedthe block heater, be sure to store the cord in the If you nanner it was, to help keep it awayfrommovingengineparts. lon’t, it could be tom and damaged. 2-1 6 I How long should you keeptheblockheater plugged in? The answer depends on theweather, the kind of oil youhave,and some otherthings.Instead of trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact a GeneralMotors dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area. Automatic 7Pansmission K2362 There are several different positions for yourgearlever. P (Park) This locks yourrearwheels. It’s thebestposition enainebecause your vehiclecan’tmoveeasily. 2-1 7 to use when you startyour - It is dangerous to getout of yourvehicle if theshiftlever is notfully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to, If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move To be sure yourvehicle suddenly. You or others could be injured. won’t move, wh’en you’re on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive, your vehicle will be free to roll-even if your shift lever is in P (Park)-if your transfer case is in N (Neutral). So,besurethetransfercase is in a drive gear-not N (Neutral). 4 See “ShiftingIntoPark” in the Index. If youareparkingonahill,or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Parking on Hills’’ or ‘Towinga Trailer” in theIndex. R (Reverse) Use this gear to backup. I NOTICE I! Shifting to R (Reverse)while your vehicle is moving forward could damage jour transmission.Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle is stopped. To rockyourvehiclebackandforth to getout of snow, iceorsandwithout damagingyourtransmission,see“IfYou’reStuck: In Sand,Mud, Ice or Snow”intheIndex. N (Neutral) In thissetting,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels. To restartwhen you’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N whenyourvehicle is being towed. I CAUTION I Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral)whileyourengine is “racing” (run’ning at high speed) is dangerous.Unlessyour foot is firmly on the brake pedal, your vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Don’t shift out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) while your engine is racing. 2-1 8 NOTICE Damage to yourtransmissioncaused by shifting out of P (Park) or N {Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t covered by yourwarranty. OD (AutomaticOverdrive) Thisposition is fornormaldriving. If youneedmorepowerforpassing,and vou’re: - Going less thanabout 35 mph (56 km/h),push your accelerator pedalabouthalfwaydown - Goingabout 35 mph (56 km/h)ormore,pushtheaccelerator all the way down You’ll shiftdowntothenextgearandhavemorepower. OD should not be used whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,driving D (thirdgear) when operatingthe onsteep hills, orforoff-roaddriving.Select vehicleunderany ofthese conditions. D (Third Gear) Thisislike OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive. You shoulduse D when towingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,driving onsteephills,orforoff-road driving. 2 (SecondGear) Thispositiongivesyoumorepowerbutlowerfueleconomy. You canuse 2 onhills.Itcanhelpcontrol yourspeed as yougodownsteepmountain to useyourbrakes off and on. roads, butthenyouwouldalsowant If youmanuallyselect 2, thetransmission will drive in secondgear.Youmay use this feature for reducing torque to therearwheelswhenyouaretryingto start yourvehiclefromastoponslipperyroadsurfaces. 1 (FirstGear) Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower (but lower fuel economy)than 2. You canuse it onverysteephills,or in deepsnowormud. If the selector is lever is put in 1, the transmission won’t shift into firstgearuntilthevehicle going ‘slowly enough. 2-1 9 1 ..-. I lf your rear wheels can’trotate,don’ttryto drive, This might happen if p u were stuck in very deep sand or mud orwere up against a solid could damage -‘-’ect. You transmission. your *?isgi% so, if you stopwhengoinguphill, don’t holdyourvehiclethere wi onl, :heaccelerator pedal. This couldoverheatanddamagethetransmission. Jse your brakes or shiftto P (?k) to hold your vehicle in position on a ?ill. :,e%-= FivemSpeed Manual 7Pansmission I 2-20 Thisisyourshiftpattern.Here’show - .-. ’ .. to operateyourtransmission: r :- K2386 1 (FirstGear)-Presstheclutchpedalandshiftinto 1. Then,slowlylet up on theclutchpedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal. 20 mph (32 km/h). If Youcan shiftinto 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan you’vecometoacompletestopandit’shardtoshiftinto 1, putthe shiftleverinNeutralandletupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal backdown. Thenshiftinto 1. 2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe acceleratorpedalandshiftinto2.Then,slowlyletupontheclutchpedal asyoupresstheacceleratorpedal. 3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto 3, 4 and 5 the samewayyou do for2.Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress the accelerator pedal. To Stop -Letup on theacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.Just beforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrakepedal,and shift to Neutral. N (Neutral)-Use this positionwhenyoustartoridleyourengine. R (Reverse)-Tobackup,presstheclutch pedalandshiftinto theclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal. 2-21 R. Letup on R (Reverse) only after your vehicle is stopped. Shiftingto R ?verse) while your vehicle is moving could damage yourtransmisslor Shift .- to :I Also. useReverse.alonawiththeDarkinabrake.foroarkinavourvehic., Shift Light 1 K2317 If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light.Thislightwill showyouwhentoshifttothenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy. if weather, Whenthislightcomeson,youcanshifttothenexthighergear For thebestfueleconomy,accelerate roadandtrafficconditionsletyou. slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson. is normalforthelighttogoonandoff if youquickly Whileyouaccelerate,it SHIFT lightwhenyou changetheposition of theaccelerator.Ignorethe downshift. Four-wheel DriveVehicles Only: Ifyourvehiclehasfour-wheeldriveandis equippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe transfercaseisin 4 LOW. Locking Rear Axle If youhavethisfeature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon snow,mudice,sandorgravel.Itworkslikeastandardaxlemostofthe time,butwhenone of therearwheelshasnotractionandtheotherone does,thelockingfeaturewillallowthewheelwithtractiontomovethe vehicle. 2-22 Parking Brake c K2221 To set the parkingbrake: Holdtheregularbrakepedaldownwithyourrightfoot.Pushdownthe parkingbrakepedal withyour leftfoot. If theignitionison,thebrakesystem warninglightwillcomeon. To release the parkingbrake: Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthelevermarked RELEASE. If youareonahill: See “ParkingonHills’’ in theIndex.That wheels. part showshow to turn your front If you are towinga trailer and are parkingonanyhill: See “Towinga Trailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhat the trailer from moving. 2-23 to do firsttokeep Features & Controls Torque Lock Theparkingbrakeshouldbesetfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat. If youareparkedonahillandthetransmission is placed in P (Park)before theparkingbrakeisset,theweight of thevehicle may puttoomuchforce on theparkingpawl in thetransmission.Itmaybedifficult to pull the selector lever out of P (Park).This is called“torquelock.” To preventthis,theparking P (Park). brakeshouldbeset BEFORE movingtheselectorleverto Whenpreparing to movethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbemovedout of P (Park) BEFORE releasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst, thenreleasethetransmissionfrom P (Park),even on level surfaces. If “torque lock” doesoccur,youmayhave to haveanothervehiclenudge your vehicle uphill a little to take some of the pressure off the transmission P (Park). whileyou pull theselectorleveroutof Shifting lnto P (Park) (Automatic Transmission Models Only) A It canbedangerous to getoutofyourvehicle fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. roll. if theshiftleverisnot Your vehiclecan I If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly. Youorothers couldbeinjured. To besureyourvehiclewon’tmove, whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow. If youhavefour-wheeldrive,andyourtransfercase is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will befree to roll-even if yourshiftleverisin P (Park). So, besure the transfercase is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). I If you are parking onahill, “Parking Hills” on “Towing or a or if you’re pulling atrailer,alsosee Trailer” inIndex. the 2-24 I I Steering Column Shift Lever 1. Hold the brake pedal downwithyourright foot and set the parking brake. 2. Movetheshiftlever into the P (Park)positionlikethis: Pullthelevertowardyou. K2316 as farasitwill go. 3. If youhavefour-wheeldrive,be sure thetransfercase is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral). 4. Move the ignitionkey to LOCK. 5. Removethekeyandtake it withyou. If you can walkawayfromyour P (Park). vehiclewiththeignitionkey in yourhand,yourvehicleisin Movetheleverup 2-25 Features & Controls Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running (Automatic Transmission Models Only) A It canbedangerous to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning. h Your vehicle could movesuddenly if the shift lever is notfully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever andyourtransfercase is in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewill be free to roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So besure thetransfer caseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). I And, if youleavethevehiclewiththeenginerunning, it could overheatandevencatchfire. Youorothers couldbeinjured.Don’t leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhaveto. If you have toleaveyourvehiclewiththeenglnerunnmg, vehicleis in P (Park)andyourparkingbrake it. De sureyour is firmly set, beforeyouleave If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever, thatthetransfercase is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). besure P (Park)position,hold the regular Afteryou’vemovedtheshiftleverintothe see if youcanmovetheshiftleverawayfrom brakepedaldown.Then, P (Park)withoutfirstpulling it towardyou. If youcan,itmeansthattheshiftleverwasn’tfullylockedinto P (Park). Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission Models Only) Before you getoutofyourvehicle,putyourmanualtransmission in R (Reverse)andfirmlyapplytheparking brake. If you have four-wheel drive, be sureyourtransfercase Your vehiclecould roll if it isn’t. If youareparkingon a hill,or if yourvehicleisequipped see“Towinga Trailer” or “ParkingonHills” in theIndex. 2-26 is in a drive gear. to towatrailer, Parking Over Things That Burn 8 ..'.. L.' . AM220009 * Thingsthatcanburncouldtouchhotexhaustpartsunder vehicle and ignite. Don't park over papers, leaves, dry grass I things 4 that 2-27 your or other I Features & Controls Engine Exhaust II Engineexhaustcankill. It containsthegascarbonmonoxide which you can’tsee or smell. It cancauseunconsciousness death. You might haveexhaustcoming (CO), and in if: strange or different. Yourvehicle gets rustyunderneath. * Your vehiclewasdamaged in a collision. 0 Yourexhaustsystemsounds Yourvehiclewasdamagedwhendriving roadoroverroaddebris. over highpoints on the m Repairsweren’tdonecorrectly. e Your vehicle or exhaustsystem had beenmodifiedimproperly. If you ever suspectexhaust is comingintoyourvehicle: 0 Drive it onlywith all the windowsdown to blow out any CO; and I * Have it fixed immediately. 2-28 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked (Automatic rnansrnission) It’s betternot to parkwith the enginerunning. But if you everhave to, here are some thingsto know. I CAUTION I A Idlingtheenginewiththeairsystemcontrol A dangerous exhaust into your vehicle. off could allow (See the earlier Caution under “EngineExhaust”.) Also, idling in a closed-inplacecan let deadlycarbonmonoxide (CO) into yourvehicleeven if the fanswitch is atthehighestsetting. One place this can happen is a garage.Exhaust-with C h a n comein easily. NEVER park in a garagewiththeenginerunning. Anotherclosed-in place can be a blizzard, {See “Blizzard”in the Index.) It can be dangerous to get out of yourvehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll. Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engine is running unless youhave to. If you’ve left theenginerunning,thevehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). If youhavefour-wheel drive, and you’re transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to roll,even if your shift lever is in P (Park). So, be’ sure the transfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral). Follow the proper steps to be sure -your vehicle won? move. See “Shifting Into Park” in the tndex. If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Parkingon Hills” or “Trailer Towing” in the Index. 2-29 \ It canbedangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the shift lever is nut fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. If youhave four-wheeldrive,alsobesurethetransfercaseis in adrivegear. Your vehiclecanroll. If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehicle or otherscouldbeinjured. To be sureyour canmovesuddenly.You vehicle won’tmove,follow thesteps below.Ifyou areparking ona onHills’’ or “Trailer hill, or if you’repullingatrailer,see“Parking Towing” in theIndex. If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive,youcansendyourengine’sdrivingpower to all four wheels for extra traction. To get the most satisfaction out of four-wheeldrive, you mustbefamiliarwithitsoperation.Read the pan that followsbeforeusingfour-wheeldrive. You should use 2H for mostnormal drivingconditions. Driving in the 4H or 4L positions for a long time on dry or wet pavement could shorten the life ofyourvehicle’sdrivetrain. Transfer Case 2-30 I The transfer case shift lever is on the floor to theright of thedriver.Usethis lever to shift into and out of four-wheel drive. An indicatorneart9elever showsyou the transfer case settings: 4L O N 2H 4H Thefrontaxleportion of theindicatordiagramwilllightupwhenyoushiftinto four-wheeldrive.Aslightdelaybetweenshiftingandtheindicator’slighting normal.If the indicatordoesnotlight up,or if thefrontaxlelightdoesnot out after you shift out of four-wheel drive, have your dealer check your system. is go Whenyour headlights or parkinglightsare on, rotatethe dial to theright of yourheadlightswitch to adjustthebrightness ofyourtransfercaseindicator light.Rotatethedial up to brighten, ordown to dim, theindicatorlight. Transfer Case Shift Positions 2H (High):Thissetting is for drivingin most streetandhighwaysituations. Your frontaxle is notengaged in two-wheeldrive. 4H (High): This settingengagesyourfrontaxle to helpdriveyourvehicle. as onwetoricyroads,orin Use 4H whenyouneedextratraction,such most off-road situations. 2-31 Features & Contmls N (Neutral): Shift to this settingonlywhenyourvehicleneeds off. whenusingapowertake to be towed or 4L (Low): This setting also engages your front axle to give you extra traction, but should be used only for off-road oronextremelyslipperysurfaces. You canshiftfrom 2H to 4H or from 4H to 2H whilethevehicle is moving. off of the accelerator Your front axle will engage faster if you take your foot for a fewsecondsafteryoushift. In extremely cold weather it maybe necessary to stop or slow the vehicle to shift out of 2H. To shift into or out of 4L or N (Neutral): 1. Slowthevehicle to a roll,about 3 mph (5 km/h)andshiftyour transmissionintoneutral. 2. Shiftthetransfercaseshiftlever in onecontinuousmotion. Don’tpause in N (Neutral)asyoushiftthetransfercaseinto gearscouldclash. 4L, or your Remember thatdrivingin 4H or 4L mayreduce fuel economy. Also, driving in four-wheel drive on dry pavement could cause your tires to wear faster and makeyourtransfercaseharder to shift. Front Axle Locking Feature The front axle locks and unlocks automatically when you shift the transfer case. A slight delayfortheaxle to lockorunlock is normal. If the outside temperature is veryhot,or thevehiclehasbeenused under harddriving conditions, there may be a slight delay for the axle to unlock. 2-32 K2364 To openyourmanualwindows, lower your side door windows. turn thehandcrankoneachdoor If youhavetheoptionalpowerwindows,thecontrolsareoneach doors. Thedriver'sdoorhasaswitchforthepassengerwindows powerwindowswillworkwhentheignitionhasbeenturned to raiseor of theside aswell.Your to ACC or Run. Pushtherear window. of theswitchwiththepowerwindowsymbolon it tolowerthe Pushthefront window. of theswitchwiththepowerwindowsymbolon it to raisethe 2-33 Electric Tailgate Glass Release PO271 Beforeoperatingyourelectrictailgateglassrelease,seethecautionunder Doors" inthissection. "Tailgate,TailgateGlassandRear Theelectrichatchreleasebutton,locatedbelowtheheadlightswitch,letsyou releasethetailgateglass. To useit,slidethebuttontotherightuntilyou hearthelatchreleasethewindow. If youhaveanautomatictransmission,yourshiftlevermustbe in P (Park)or N (Neutral)fortherelease to work.Withamanualtransmission,youmust apply the parking brake for the release to work. 2-34 K2319 To soundthehorn,pressthepadwiththehornsymbolonit.Thepadis located in the center of the steering wheel. Tilt Wheel (Option) K2185 A tiltsteeringwheel allows you to adjustthesteeringwheelbeforeyoudrive. You can also raise it to thehighest level to giveyourlegsmoreroomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle. 2-35 Features & Contuvls To tilt the wheel, holdthesteeringwheeland pull the lever.Move the lock thewheel steeringwheel to a comfortablelevel,thenreleasetheleverto in place. Multifunction Lever K2239 of thesteeringcolumnincludes TurnSignalandLaneChangeIndicator HeadlightHigh-LowBeam & PassingSignal WindshieldWipers The lever on the left side WindshieldWasher CruiseControl(Option) 236 your: Turn Signal and Lane Change indicator . . 1 . " I ... ..,.". K2240 Theturnsignalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(forLeft) positions.Thesepositionsallowyou to signala turn oralanechange. To signal a turn,movetheleveralltheway finished,theleverwillreturnautomatically. A greenarrowontheinstrumentpanelwillflash or lanechange. up ordown.When theturnis in thedirection of theturn To signalalanechange,justraise or lowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow starts to flash. Hold itthere until youcompleteyourlanechange.Thelever willreturn by itselfwhenyoureleaseit. As yousignala turn or alanechange, if thearrowsflashtwiceasfastas normal,asignalbulbmaybeburnedoutandotherdriverswon'tseeyour turnsignal. If abulb is burnedout,replace it tohelpavoidanaccident. arrowsdon'tgoonatallwhenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse "Fuses" in the Index)andforburned-outbulbs. If thegreen (see Operation of Lights Althoughyourvehicle'slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights, fog lamps, sidemarker lights andtaillights)meetallapplicablefederallighting requirements,certainstatesandprovincesmayapplytheirownlighting regulations that mayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights. Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower 2-37 Features & Contmls beamlightswith fog lamps at all times, or thatheadlights be turned on wheneveryoumust use yourwindshieldwipers. In addition, most jurisdictions at dawn or dusk. It is prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especially recommended that you check with your own state or provincial highway authorityforapplicablelightingregulations. Head/ight Hiah-Low Beam F p .. . h*' .- K2242 To changetheheadlightsfrom low beamtohigh or highto low, pulltheturn signalleverallthewaytowardyou.Thenrelease it. Whenthehighbeams also willbe on. areon,thisbluelightontheinstrumentpanel 2-38 Windshield Wipers K2244 You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with onit. the wipersymbol For asinglewipingcycle, turn theband to MIST. Hold it thereuntilthe wipersstart,then let go.Thewiperswillstopafteronecycle.Ifyouwant morecycles, hold thebandon MIST longer. You cansetthewiperspeedforalongorshortdelaybetweenwipes.This canbeveryuseful in lightrain or snow.Turn thebandtochoosethedelay time.Thecloser to LO, the shorter the delay. Forsteadywipingatlowspeed,turnthebandawayfromyou to the LO position. For highspeedwiping,turn the bandfurther, to HI. To stopthe off symbol. wipers,movethebandtothe A Damagedwiperbladesmaypreventyoufromseeingwellenough to drivesafely. To avoiddamage,besure to cleariceandsnowfrom If they’refrozen to the thewiperbladesbeforeusingthem. windshield,carefullyloosen or thawthem. If your blades do become damagedgetnewblades or bladeinserts. A circuitbreakerwillstopthem Heavysnoworicecanoverloadyourwipers. or ice to preventanoverload. untilthemotorcools.Clearawaysnow 2-39 Features & Controls Windshield Washer K2246 At thetopofthemultifunctionleverthere’sapaddlewiththeword it. To spraywasher fluidonthewindshield,pushthepaddle. Thewiperswillclearthewindowandtheneither speed. PUSH on stop or return to your preset CAUTION A - fluid can be dangerous. A bad mud splashcan block yourvision. You could hitanothervehicleorgo off the road. Check your washer fluid level often. 9 I I * Driving without washer In freezingweather,don’tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshield can formice on the warmed.Otherwisethewasherfluid windshield, blocking vision. your 2-40 i‘s I NOTICE Cruise Control (Option) K2247 WithCruiseControl,youcanmaintainaspeed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) ormorewithoutkeepingyourfootontheaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelp 25 mph onlongtrips.CruiseControldoesnotworkatspeedsbelowabout (40 krn/h). Whenyouapplyyourbrakes,ortheclutchpedal, off. transmission,theCruiseControlshuts 2-41 if youhaveamanual CAUTION I I A CruiseControlcanbedangerouswhereyoucan’tdrivesafelyat a steadyspeed. So, don’tuseyourCruiseControlonwinding roads or inheavytraffic. CruiseControlcan bedangerousonslipperyroads.Onsuch roads,fastchanges in tire traction can cause needless wheel use CruiseControl spinning,andyoucouldlosecontrol.Don’t onslipPeryroads. To Set Cruise Control A K2248 MovetheCruiseswitchto ON. I CAUTION A I If you leave your Cruise Control switch on when you’re not using Cruise, you might hit a button and go into Cruise when you don’t want to. You could be startled and even l o s e control. Keep the Cruise Control switch OFF until vou want to use it. Getuptothespeedyouwant. Pushinthesetbuttonattheendoftheleverandreleaseit. Takeyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal. 2-42 I I To Resume a Set Speed Suppose you set your Cruise Control at a desired speed and then you apply off theCruise Control. But youdon’tneed thebrake.This,ofcourse,shuts to reset it. Onceyou’regoingabout 25 mph (40 kmlh) or more,youcan move the Cruise Control switch from ON to WA forabouthalfasecond. K2249 A I If you holdtheswitch at WA longerthanhalfasecond,thevehicle willkeepgoingfaster until you release the switch orapplythebrake. You could be startledandevenlosecontrol. So unlessyou want to gofaster,don’t hold theswitchat WA . To increase Speed While Using Cruise Control Thereare two waystogo to ahigherspeed.Here’sthefirst: 1. Usetheacceleratorpedal to get to thehigherspeed. 2. Pushthebuttonat the end of the lever, thenreleasethebuttonandthe accelerator pedal. You’ll nowcruiseatthehigherspeed. 2-43 Features & Controls i K2207 Here's the Second Way to go to a higher speed: 1. Move the Cruiseswitchfrom ON to WA. Hold it thereuntilyougetup to thespeedyouwant,andthenreleasetheswitch. in very smallamounts,movetheswitch to WA for less thanthreequarters of a secondandthenrelease it. Each time you do this, your vehiclewill goabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h)faster. 2. To increaseyourspeed To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control i b K2260 1. Push in thebuttonattheend of theleveruntilyoureachthelower speed you want, thenrelease it. 2-44 2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebutton for lessthanhalf go about 1 mph (1.6 kmlh) a second.Eachtimeyoudothis,you'll slower. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Usetheacceleratorpedal to increaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyour off thepedal,yourvehiclewillslowdowntotheCruiseControlspeedyouset earlier. foot Using Cruise Control on Hills How wellyourCruiseControlwillwork on hillsdependsuponyourspeed, load,andthesteepnessofthehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay havetostepontheacceleratorpedal to maintainyourspeed.Whengoing downhill,youmayhave to brakeorshift to a lowergeartokeepyourspeed down.Ofcourse, applyingthebraketakesyouout of CruiseControl.Many drivers find this to be too muchtroubleand don't useCruiseControl on steephills. To Get Out of Cruise Control Thereareseveralways to turn off theCruiseControl: .Y . . 1. Steplightly on thebrakepedalorpushtheclutchpedal,ifyouhave manualtransmission; OR 2. MovetheCruiseswitch to OFF. Whenyouturn off the Cruise Control or the ignition, your Cruise Control set speedmemoryiserased. 2-45 a Features & Controls Headlights and Vehicle Lighting Your light switches are on the left side of your instrument panel. ! K2250 Pushtheleftside on: of theswitchwiththeparkinglights symbol onit to turn ParkingLights SidemarkerLights Taillights LicensePlateLights RoofMarkerLights(ifyouhavethem) InstrumentPanelLights TransferCaseShiftIndicatorLight Pushtheleftside of theswitchwiththemasterlightingsymbolonit on theheadlights,togetherwith: ParkingLights SidemarkerLights Taillights LicensePlateLights RoofMarkerLights (if you havethem) InstrumentPanelLights TransferCaseShiftIndicatorLight 2-46 to turn Push the right side of lights. the switch with the 0 symbolon it to turn off your Turn the dial at the right of the headlight switch to adjust interior lights. Turningthe dial allthewayupturnsontheinteriorlights. to highbypullingthe You canswitchyourheadlightsfromlowbeam multifunctionlevertowardyou. To returntheheadlightsto low beam,pullthe lever again. A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlightsfromelectricaloverload. If youhave an electricaloverload,yourheadlightswillflicker onand off. If thisever happens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway. Headlights-On Reminder A buzzerwillsoundwhenyourheadlightsareturned in Off, LOCK or Acc. on andyourignitionis Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only) K2318 If yourvehiclewasfirst ontheinstrumentpanel. on. sold, whennew, in Canada,youwillhavethislight It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only) TheCanadianFederalGovernmenthasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning Lights” (DRL) are a usefulfeature,inthatDRLcanmakeyourvehiclemore DRLare visible to pedestriansandotherdriversduringdaylighthours. required on newvehicles sold in Canada. 2-47 Features & Controls ThehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonatreducedbrightnessinDaylight when: Theignition is on Theheadlightswitchis Theparkingbrake off, and is released Whenyou turn onyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch off andtheexterior off theheadlights,theexteriorlightswillgo lightscomeon.Whenyouturn will changetothereducedbrightness of DRLagain. outandthehighbeams TheDRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL DRL areon.Whenyouturnonyour are on. Thislightmeansthatonlythe Of course,youmaystillturnon the exteriorlights,thislightwillgoout. headlightsanytimeyouneedto. off, settheparkingbrake.TheDRL To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL stay off untilyoureleasetheparkingbrake. will Dome Lights Thedomelights will come on whenyouopenthedoorsortailgate.You can also turn the dome lights onbyturning the interiorlightdimmerdialonthe headlightswitch all theway up untilitclicks. K2360 You canusethedomelampswitch,locatedbelowtheheadlightswitch,to set the dome lamps to come on automatically or remain off. To turn the lights off, justpresstheside of theswitchmarked OFF. To returnthelights to AUTO. automaticoperation,pressthesidemarked 2-48 Reading Lights I K2252 If youhavereadinglights,pressthebarnext Pressthebaragain to turn the light off. to the lightto turn thelight on. K2161 If yourvehiclehasanoverheadconsolewithreadinglights,theycanbe swiveledtopoint in the direction you want. To turn the light on, pressthe button next to the lightwiththemaster lighting symbolonit.Press the button again to turn the light off. 2-49 Underhood Reel Lighf I IL Youmayhave anunderhoodreellight. It isinsidetheenginecompartment onthepassengersidefender. Youcanuse it asaflashlight. To usethelight, pull upon thereleaseleverandpullthelightout.The willunreel as you pull thelight. cord K2253 Whenyouaredone using thelight,reelthe cord back intothehousing by turningthehandle.Then,slidethelightintothe holder.Press PUSH onthe release lever to lock the light into theholder. 2-50 Mirrors I K2256 inside Mirror Pushor pull thetabunderthemirrortoreduceglarefromheadlightsbehind you after dark. Outside Mirrors K2295 Adjust your outside mirrors so you can just see the sideofyourvehicle,and be foldedinto have a clear view of objects behind you. Some mirrors can enter narrow doorways. 2-51 Features & Controls Convex Outside Mirror Your rightsidemirror maybeconvex. A convexmirror’s surface is curved so you can see morefromthedriver’s seat. ~ ~ r n ~~ 1 CAUTION If you aren’t used to a convex mirror, youcan hit another vehicle. A convexmirror can make things (like other vehicles) look farther away thanthey really are. If you cut too sharply into theright lane, you could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your inside mirror or glance ov0r your shoulder before chanaine lanes. - Electric Outside Mirrors m I If youhaveelectricmirrors,theycanbeadjustedtopointwhereyouwant of theswitch, frominsidethevehicle.Selectthemirrorbymovingthecenter to R rightor L left.Then,adjustthe locatedonthedriver’sdoorarmrest, mirrorangle by pressingtheouterarrowsontheswitchuntilthemirroris adjustedwhereyouwantit. 2-52 Sun Visors To block out glare, you can swing down thevisors. You can also swing them out to help block glarefromtheside. .. . %.> ’_ - ..~ =,? ~. : , ~ K2465 Your visormayhaveastrap havemirrors onthem. to holdsmallitems,such as maps.Somevisors ~ i PO284 Somevisorshaveanextenderontheinsideedge.Whenthevisor pull the extender out for extra glare coverage at the front orside. Somevisorshavemirrorswithlights.Themirrorlightswillcome lift the mirror cover. 2-53 is down, on whenyou Rear Window Wiper and Washer I K21: Therearwindowwipedwasherswitch of the steering wheel. is on yourinstrumentpanel, to theright on, slidethelever to thelever to theright. For delay wiping, slide the lever under DELAY to the center of the rear wiper control. The wiper willcycleeverynineseconds. To turnthewiper For steady wiper action, move the slide lever all the way to the right. To washthewindow,push in ontheend of thelever.Windowwasher fluid willcontinue to sprayuntiltheleverisreleased. Therearwindowwasherusesthesamefluidbottle as thewindshieldwasher. If the fluid level is low in thewasherfluidbottle,you may notbeable to wash your rearwindow. If youcanwashyourwindshield,butnotyourrear window,checkthe fluid level. 2-54 Cigarette Lighter/Ashtras PO286 To usethelighter,pushit popbackbyitself. in all the way,and let go. Whenit’sready, itwill To removetherearashtrays,pressdownontheinsidetabsandpull. If you do, Don’tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtrays. cigarettesorothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfire,causingdamage. Storage Compartments Your vehicle has a variety convenience. of storagecompartmentsprovidedforyour 2-55 Glove Box To openyourglovebox,pressthebuttondownandpullthedooropen. Two cupholders are provided for yourconvenience. Center Floor Console Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats. To openit,justsqueezethebuttonsonbothsides of thekeyhole,andpull up. Useyourroundkeytolockthiscompartment. Your console also includesa handyplacetoholdcups. 2-56 1 PO1 92 Your console also has a cupholderthatslidesout,forthe passengers to use. back seat PB002 If yourvehiclehas a fullorsplitbenchseat,youmayhave attachedtotheinstrumentpanel. a cupholder To use thecupholder,pullthehandleandslidethecupholdertrayoutuntil To closethecup it stops.Then,letthecupholderswingdownintoposition. all thewayin. holder,liftthefrontandslidethetray 2-57 Center Overhead Console If you haveagaragedooropener,thefrontoverheadcompartmentcanbe used to convenientlystoretheopener. To install thegarage door opener,first open thecompartment door by pressingthereleasebutton forward. it firmlyto Peel the protective backing from thehookandlooppatch.Press the back of yourgaragedooropener, as close to the center of the opener as possible. 2-58 4 L Center the garagedooropeneractivation and press the openerfirmly into place. button overtheconsoledoorbutton, r0059 Use thepegsinsidethecompartment door to make sure the button on the door opener. compartmentdoorwillcontact the control button on the garage Add onepegatatime until thegaragedooropeneroperateswiththe compartmentdoorclosed,when you pushthe button marked PUSH. 2-59 PO223 Thecenteroverheadcompartmentcanbeusedtoconvenientlystoreyour sunglasses. To openthecompartment,pressthereleasebuttonlocatedatthe rear of thecompartmentdoor. K2147 Therearoverheadcompartmentcanbeused to store a smallitem,likea book. To openthecompartment,pressthereleasebuttonlocatedattherear of thecompartment door. 2-60 Other Storage Compartments K2238 Somevehicleshavestorageareas in theinstrumentpanel.Usethesespaces for itemssuchasgloves or small books. K2269 Some modelshaveastoragepocketoneach of the frontdoors. You can usethepocket to store a variety of small items. 2-61 Features & Controls -iif i K2320 2-62 L 0 L 0 5 v) & 0, W rc a n 3k W 3 0 U X E c 0 rn 0 "if 3 z L W €3 * 43 L a > W K2203 2-63 Features & Cuntmls c D 0 e 0 CD 0 fn I i \ 0 3 c K2119 2-64 4 0 a0 A i. 0 c -. J E L K211B 2-65 Featurns & Cuntmls lnsfrument Cluster Your instrument cluster is designed to letyouknowataglancehowyour. how fastyou'regoing,abouthowmuchfuel vehicleisrunning.You'llknow to drivesafelyand youhave, and manyotherthingsyou'llneedtoknow economically. Tachometer Cluster If youhavethetachometercluster, it looks slightly different but will tell you everythingthestandardclusterdoes, in addition to displayingthevehicles enginerevolutionsperminute(rpm). Speedometer and Odometer .. I K2322 Yourspeedometer letsyouseeyourspeed in bothmilesperhour(mph)and has kilometers per hour (km/h). Yourodometershowshowfaryourvehicle beendriven, in eithermiles(usedinthe U.S.) orkilometers(usedin Canada). Tamper Resistant Odometer Your odometer is tamper-resistant, The odometer will show silver lines between the numbers if someone tries to turn it back. Youmaywonderwhathappensifyourvehicleneedsanewodometer to the mileage total of the old odometer, installed. If the new one can be set tien it mustbe.But if it can't,thenit'ssetatzero,andalabelmustbeput onthedriver's door to show the old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer was installed. 2-66 Trip Odometer Thetripodometer can tellyouhowfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince zero. youlastsetthetripodometerto To resetthe trip odometer, fully presstheresetbuttonlocatednearthe readout. If theresetbutton is notfullypressed,thetripodometermay all thewayback to zero. If itdoesn’t,youmayhavetopressthereset buttonagain to resetthereadouttozero. Tachometer not go K2324 If youhave a tachometer, it displaystheenginespeedinrevolutionsper minute(rpm). 2-67 Features & Controls Do not operate the engine with the tachometer damagemayoccur. in the red area, or engine Damage to your engine or vehicle caused by operating red area isn’t covered by your vehicle warranty. the engine in the Warning Lights, Gages and lndicafors Thispartdescribesthewarninglightsandgagesthatareonyourvehicle. Thepictureswillhelpyoulocatethem. Warninglightsandgagescansignalthatsomethingiswrongbefore it becomesseriousenough to causeanexpensiverepairorreplacement.Paying attention to yourwarninglightsandgagescouldalsosaveyou or othersfrom injury. Warninglightsgoonwhentheremaybeor is aproblemwithoneofyour vehicle’sfunctions. As youwill seeinthedetailsonthenextfewpages, somewarninglightscomeonbrieflywhenyouturntheignitionkey just to let If youarefamiliarwiththispart,youshouldnotbe youknowthey’reworking. alarmedwhen this happens. or isaproblemwithoneofyour Gagescanindicatewhentheremaybe vehicle’sfunctions.Oftengagesandwarninglights worktogether to letyou knowwhenthere’s a problem with your vehicle. Whenoneofthewarning lightscomesonandstaysonwhenyouare driving, orwhenoneof thegagesshowstheremaybeaproblem,checkthe do aboutit.Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice. partthattellsyouwhatto So pleaseget to Waiting to dorepairscanbecostly-andevendangerous. knowyourwarninglightsandgages.They’reabighelp. 2-68 Brake System Warning Light BRAKE - K2325 Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystemisdividedintotwoparts. If onepart isn’tworking,theotherpartcan still work andstop you.Forgoodbraking, If thewarninglightgoes on, there though,youneedbothpartsworkingwell. away. couldbe a brakeproblem.Haveyourbrakesysteminspectedright Thislightshouldcomeonasyoustart then,have it fixed so itwillbeready the vehicle. If it doesn’t comeon to warnyou if there’saproblem. on whenyousetyourparkingbrake,and it willstay Thislightwillalsocome If it staysonafteryourparking on if your parkingbrakedoesn’treleasefully. a brakeproblem. brake is fullyreleased,itmeansyoumayhave If thelightcomesonwhiledriving,pull off the road andstopcarefully. You maynoticethat the pedal is harder to push. Or, thepedal may go closer to to stop. If thelight is still on,havethevehicle thefloor.Itmaytakelonger towedforservice.(See“Towing YourVehicle” in theIndex.) I CAUTION I A b I Your brake systemmay not beworkingproperly if the brake warning light is on. Driving with the brake warninglight on can lead to an accident.Ifthe light is still on afteryou’ve pulled off the roadand stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed service. for 2-69 I Featums & Contmls Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light I PB005 Withanti-lock,thislightwillgoonwhenyoustartyourengineandmaystay so. That’snormal. onforseveralsecondsor If thelightdoesn’tcomeon,have there is aproblem. it fixed so it willbereadytowarnyou If thelightstayson, orcomesonwhenyou’redriving,yourvehicleneeds service.Unlesstheregularbrakesystemwarninglight is alsoon,youwillstill havebrakes, but notanti-lockbrakes. If theregularbrakesystemwarning Light” earlierinthissection. light is alsoon,see“BrakeSystemWarning 2-70 if Charging System Light 1 K2328 Theredchargingsystemlightislocated at theupperrighthandcorner of yourinstrumentcluster. It shouldcome on brieflywhenyou turn onthe ignition,beforestartingtheengine, as acheck to showyou it isworking. If it stays on, orcomes on Aftertheenginestarts,thelightshouldgoout. whileyouaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwithyourelectricalcharging system.It could indicatethatyouhavealoosealternatordrivebelt, or that youhavesomeotherelectricalproblem.Have it checkedrightaway.Driving whilethislight is oncoulddrainyourbattery. If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelight on, be certain to turn off all youraccessories,suchastheradioandairconditioner. 2-7 1 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Light) I RVI llrll K2329 A computermonitorsoperation of yourfuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignition is on, but theengineis to showyou it isworking. If itdoesnotcome on at notrunning,asacheck all, haveitfixedrightaway. If it stayson, or comesonwhileyouaredriving, thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhaveaproblem. vehicle in for service soon. You shouldtakeyour If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on, afterawhiletheemission controls won’twork aswell,yourfueleconomywon’tbeasgood,and run as smoothly. This could lead to costlyrepairsnot yourenginemaynot covered by yourwarranty. 2-72 I CHECK GAGES Light This light will come onbriefly when you are statling the engine. If the light comesonandstays on whileyouaredriving, it couldindicateaproblem with yourvehicle.Checkyourvariousgages to see if theyareinthewarning zones. C “ 5X K GAGES K2330 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator tight (Canada Only) K2318 If your vehiclewasfirst sold, whennew, in Canada,youwillhavethisgreen lightontheinstrument panel. Itwilllight, just above the speedometer, DRL, whenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsareon.Formoredetailsabout see “Headlightsand Vehicle Lighting’’ in thissection. 2-73 SHIFT Indicator Light I K2317 Thislight,withthe SHlFTlarrow symbol, is atthe left side of theinstrument cluster onsomevehicleswithmanualtransmissions.Dependingonyour particular model,your vehicle maynothave this light. The SHIFT indicator light will helpyou get thebest fuel economy.See “Shift Light”or“Shift Speeds-VehiclesWithoutShift Light” in thissectionfor more information. Headlight High Beam Indicator Light I K2331 Thislightwith the blue high beamsymbol is on theleftside of the instrumentcluster.The high beamindicatoris on wheneveryouuseyourhigh 2-74 beam headlights. For more detailsabout high beams, see “Headlight High-Low Beam Changer” earlier in this section, Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator K2444 These lights, withthegreenarrows,areoneachside cluster.Thesignal indicator willcomeonwhenever change.See“TurnandLaneChangeSignal”earlier 2-75 of theinstrument you signal a turn or lane in this section. Features & Controls Gages Fuel Gage Standard Cluster 0 I" I' - . K2114 Tachometer Cluster UNLEADED FUEL ONLY -I 1. . 4 K2115 Thefuelgage,whentheignition is on, tellsyouabout how much fuelyou out haveleft in yourtank. The gage will first indicateemptybeforeyouare of fuel,and you shouldget more fuelassoonaspossible. 2-76 Listed are four situations you mayexperiencewithyour fuel gage: off beforethe gage readsfull. It takesa little moreorlessfuel to fill up thanthefuelgageindicated. was halffull,but it Forexample, the gagemayhaveindicatedthetank actuallytooka little moreorlessthanhalfthetank’scapacity to fill the tank. Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup. Thegagedoesn’tgoback to emptywhenyouturn off theignition. None of these indicate a ,problem with the fuel gage. At the gasstation,thefuelpumpshuts For information onhow to fill your fuel tank see “Fuel-FillingYourTank” theIndex. Foryour fueltankcapacity,see “Fuel-TankCapacity” in in theIndex. Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 260 Thisgageshowstheenginecoolanttemperature. If thegagepointermoves (145°C) ormore,yourengine is toohot! It intotheredarea,about260°F If youhavebeenoperating meansthatyourenginecoolanthasoverheated. off theroad, yourvehicleundernormaloperatingconditions,youshouldpull off theengineassoon as possible. stopyourvehicleandturn Hot Coolant Can Burn You Badly! In “Problemson the Road”,thismanualshowswhat Overheating” in theIndex. 2-77 to do.See“Engine Featurns & Controls Oil Pressure Gage Standard Ciusier 30 K2116 Tachometer Cluster K2117 Theoilpressuregageshowstheengineoilpressureinpsi(poundsper is running.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure squareinch)whentheengine inkPa(kilopascals).Oilpressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside temperatureand oil viscosity,butreadingsabovethelowpressurezone indicatethenormaloperatingrange. 2-78 A reading in thelowpressurezonemay be causedbyadangerouslv levelorotherproblemcausinglowoilpressure.Checkyouroilassoonas possible. low oil CAUTION Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If you do, your engine can become so hot that it catches on fire, You or others could be burned. Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced. e I NOTICE Damage to yourenginefromneglectedoilproblemscan I not covered by your ‘Avanty. rnstly at,, Voltmeter Standard Cluster Tachometer Cluster 14 19 GL K2336 Whenyourengineisnotrunning,buttheignitionison(inthe Run position), thisgage shows yourbattery’sstate of chargein DC volts. When the engine of thechargingsystem.Readings isrunning,thegageshowsthecondition betweenthelowandhighwarningzonesindicatethenormaloperatingrange. Readingsineitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblemintheelectrical system. 2-79 Features & Controls If You canonlydrivefor a shorttimewiththereadingineitherwarningzone. youmustdrive,turn off allunnecessaryaccessories,andhavethevehicle serviced assoon as possible. Convenience Net CAUTION A An improperlystoredconveniencenetcouldbethrownaboutthe vehicleduring a collision or suddenmaneuver. You or others could be injured.When you aredoneusingtheconveniencenet,always and securelyreattachthepouch storeitinitsoriginalstoragepouch, on therearside of the spare tire cover. I PO22 If youhavetheoptionalluggagecarrier,youcan load thingsontop of your vehicle.Theluggagecarrierhasslatsandsiderailsattachedtotheroof,and crossrailswhichcanbemovedforeandaftinthesiderailstohelpsecure cargo.Tietheload to thesiderailsorsiderailsupports.Usethecrossrails mostly for fore and aft stops. 2-80 NOTICE Don’texceedthemaximumvehiclecapacitywhenloadingyourvehicle.For moreinformationonvehiclecapacityandloading,see“Loading Your Vehicle” in theIndex. To preventdamageor loss of cargoasyou’redriving,checknowandthento makesure theluggagecarrierandcargoarestillsecurelyfastened. Besurethecargo is properlyloaded. Ifsmallheavyobjects are placedontheroof,placetheload in thearea If overtherearwheels(behindtherearsidedooronwagonmodels). youneedto,cutapieceof 3/8 inchplywoodtofitinsidethecrossrails If plywoodisused,tie it totheside andsiderailstospreadtheload. railsupports. Tietheloadtothecrossrails or thesiderailsupports.Usethecross railsonly to keeptheloadfromsliding. Ifyouneedtocarrylongitems,movethecrossrailsasfarapartas theywillgo.Tietheloadtothecrossrailsandthesiderailsorsiderail supports.Alsotiethe load tothebumpers. Do nottiethe thatthecrossrails orsiderailsaredamaged. Aftermovingthecrossrails,besure load so tightly to tightenallthesliderscrews. To reducewindnoise,thecrossrailsmustbeinstalledwiththenarrowedge toward the front of the vehicle. Also, thefrontcrossrailshouldbeabout anchoronUtilitymodels. 8 inches (200 mm) behindthefront 2-8 1 Features & Controls mailer.Wiring Harness K2373 The 7-wire harness is stored under your vehicle along the rear frame 30 ampin-linefusedbatteryfeedwireand crossmember.Theharnesshasa noconnector,andshouldbewiredbyaqualifiedelectricalserviceperson. to your Securelyattachtheharnesstothetrailer,thentapeorstrapit loose enough so thewiringwon’t vehicle’sframerail.Besureyouleaveit so loosethat it dragson bind orbreakwhenturningwiththetrailer,butnot theground. Storetheharnessinitsoriginalposition.Wraptheharnesstogetherandtieit neatly so it won’tbedamaged. 2-82 Comforf Controls & Audio Systems Section . . In this section you’ll find outhowtooperatethecomfortcontrolandaudio systems offered with your vehicle . Be sure to read about the particular system supplied with your vehicle . Forexplanation of vehicle symbols inthissection.refer to “Vehicle Symbols” in Section 0 Comfort Controls ................................................................................................... 3-2 Flow-Through Ventilation System ..................................................................... 3-2 Heating System.................................................................................................. 3-4 Electronic HeatinglAir Conditioning System ..................................................... 3-5 RearAirConditioningandHeatingSystems (Wagon Models) ............................................................................................. 3-8 Rear Window Defogger ................................................................................... 3-11 Audio Systems..................................................................................................... 3-12 FM Stereo ........................................................................................................3-12 AM ..................................................................................................................... 3-12 AM Stereo ........................................................................................................ 3-13 How to Operate Your AM ETR@Radio......................................................... 3-13 How to Operate YourAM-FMStereoAudioSystemand Cassette Player ............................................................................................ 3.14 How to Operate YourAM-FM Stereo Audio System and Cassette Player with Graphic Equalizer ..................................................... 3-17 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player ............................................................... 3-21 Fixed Mast Antenna ........................................................................................ 3-21 . 3-1 Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems Comfort Controls Flow-Through Ventilation System 1 K2 190 Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside ofyour vehicle when it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle and out the rear air exhaust valves.Outsideairwillalsoenterthevehiclewhentheheaterortheair conditioningfan is running. Ventilation Tips e Keepthehoodandfrontairinletfree of ice,snow, or anyother obstruction(such as leaves).Theheateranddefrosterwillworkfar better, reducingthechance of fogging the inside of yourwindows. e Whenyouenteravehicleincoldweather,turntheblowerfan to HI for off. Thishelpscleartheintakeductsof afewmomentsbeforedriving snowandmoisture,andreducesthechance offogging theinside of your windows. e Keep the air path under the front seats clear to circulate throughout your vehicle. of objects. This helps air Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside of yourvehiclewhen it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle and out the rearairexhaust valves. Outside air will also enter the vehicle when the heater or the air conditioningfan is running. 3-2 Air Vents K2315 You will find sir vents in thecenterandonthesides of your instrument panel. You can move the vents to direct the flow of air, or closethevents altogether.Whenyoucloseavent, it willincreasetheflow of air coming out ofany vents that are open. If yourvehicledoesnothaveairconditioning, there areairventsbelowthe instrumentpanel.Eachventhasahandlewithaventsymbol on it. Usethe handle to openandclosethevent. 3-3 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Heating System (Without Air Conditioning) K2441 If your vehicle does not have air conditioning, this systemwilllooklike. is whatyourheating Fan Knob Theknobontherighthas four positions. To increasetheairflow,turn (-). toward (t).To decreasetheairflow,turnittoward Temperature Lever The bottom lever lets you select the temperature of the air flowing (+) forwarmerair.Movethe vehicle.Movetheleverrighttoward toward (-) forcoolerair. it into your lever left Function Lever The top lever can be moved to three different heating functions. Defrost (Right):Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Heatedaircomesout or ice onthewindshield. nearthewindshield.Usethiswhenyougetfog Heater (Center): Heated air comes out near the weather. floor. This is best Vent (Left): The air comes out at the vents on your instrument panel and at your front side windows. Placing the lever between positions sends air 3-4 out both vents. for cold Heater Output Optional Engine Block Heater If yourengine is equippedwithanoptionalengineblockheater,youcanuse -8OC, or lower) to helpheatthe itduring initial start-upincoldweather(20"F, passengercompartmentfaster.Becauseanengineblockheaterwarmsthe enginecoolant,yourvehicle'sheatingsystemcanprovidesomeheat as soon asyoustarttheengine. Theuseofanengineblockheateralsoreducesthetime it takesforthe enginetoreachnormaloperatingtemperature,andshortens the time it takes the heater to reach full output.Formoreinformation,See"EngineBlock Heater"intheIndex. Electronic Heating/Air Conditioning System Function Display I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...........I K2: If your vehicle has air conditioning, your heating/air conditioning system will look like this. When you first turn on your vehicle's air conditioning, open clear the vehicle of hotair. 3-5 the windows to K2313 Yoursystemhasa lighteddisplayshowingeachsystemwhen it is operating. Duringnormaloperation,allthelightswon’tcomeonatthesametime.Only theonesdisplaying the currentsettingswilllight. System Controls NC Button: Press thebuttonmarked NC toturnyourairconditioner on and off. The AIC symbol will lightonyourdisplayand air will come out ofyour will automaticallybeseton LOW. dashboardvents.Thefan Whenyoupressthe NC button to turn the air conditioner off, thesystemwill operate in theventmode.Whenyouturntheairconditionerbackon,the OFF button systemwilloperate in themodethatyoulastselectedunlessthe was pressed. OFF Button:Pressthisbutton to turn the air conditioning/ heating system off. Pressing OFF willerasethepresentmode of operationfromthesystem’s memory.Outsideairwillstillcomeoutoftheheateroutletwheneverthe vehicle is movingforward. If the OFF button waspressed,youmustpress BLEND buttons for the system to come back on. NC, MAX, orone of the Air Controls (BLEND) The two buttons to theright of the systemdisplaycontroltheair can blend theairflowtosuityourneeds,Theamountofblending on the display by an arrow moving between the figure’s feet (floor and head (vent air flow). 3-6 flow.You is shown air flow) Right Button Defrost (Top): Presshere to operatethedefroster. Heated aircomes out nearthewindshield. Youcanuse it to helpclearfog or iceonyour windshield. Heater (Bottom): Presshere,andheatedaircomesoutnearthefloor.This settingisbestforpassengercomfort in cold weather. To blendbetween Theairflowcanbeblendedbetweenthetwopositions. positions,presstheside of thebuttonshowingtheareawhereyouwouldlike moreairflow.Thesystemwillautomaticallybegintoblendtowardtheposition SAME side of chosen. To stop thesystembetweenpositions,justpressthe thebuttonagain. Left Button Vent (Top):Press the top of this button and all of theairflowwillcome throughtheinstrumentpanelvents. Heater (Bottom): Pressthebottom come through the floor outlet. of thisbuttonand all of theairflowwill To blendbetween Theairflowcanbeblendedbetweenthetwopositions. positions,presstheside of theswitchshowing the areawhereyouwouldlike moreairflow.Thesystemwillautomaticallybegin to blendtowardtheposition SAME side of chosen. To stopthesystembetweenpositions,justpressthe thebuttonagain. Temperature Selector Bar The bar under your system display lets you select the temperature of the air COLD forcoolerairandpress HOT for comingintoyourvehicle.Press warmerair.Releasethebarwhenthesystemreachesthetemperatureyou want.Thetemperatureisshownonthedisplaybyanarrowmovingbetween C and H. Fan Control Button Thisbuttonis in theupperrightcorner of yoursystemcontrolpanel.Thefan hasfoursettings-low,mediumlow,medium highandhigh.Pressthetop of of thebutton (-) to thebutton (t)to increasetheairflow.Pressthebottom decreasetheairflow.Thesettingyouselect is shownonyourdisplayas LOW, MED LOW,MEDHI or HI. Air Recirculation Button If youpressthe MAX button (RECIR onsome models), theair in your MAX willgiveyou vehiclewill be recirculated.Withtheairconditioneron, out of maximumcooling. It canalsobeusedinallmodestohelpkeepdust yourvehicle.When MAX isselected, REC will lightonyourdisplay. 3-7 Rear Air Conditioning and Heating Systems (Wagon Models) If-yourvehiclehaseitherorbothofthesesystems,youcanincreaseand decreasetheair flow attherearvents.Dependingonthesystemyouhave andthesettingselected, you cansendcooled or heatedairtotherear the vehicle. of Rear Air Conditioning (Without Rear Heater) Control Rear Control Front K 2478 If yourvehiclehasrearairconditioning(withoutrearheater),thecontrolsare locatedabovethefrontandsecondseats.Thefrontandrearoverhead controls let youincreaseanddecreasetheairflowattherearvents. To operate the rearairconditioningsystem,thefrontairconditioningsystem air conditioningsystem off, therearsystem mustbeon.Withthefront controlscan beused to circulateairinthe rear of thevehicle. To operate the rearsystem using the front control, just turn the knob blower position you want. to to REAR CNTL. To usetherearcontrol,firstturnthefrontcontrolknob Then,therearcontrol can beusedtoincreaseanddecreasetheairflow. 3-8 Rear Heater (Without Rear Air Conditioning) K2172 If youhavearearheater(withoutrearairconditioning),thecontrolswitchis located on the instrument panel. To increase and decrease the flow air to the rear floor vents,movetheswitchwiththefansymbolon blower speed you want. of heated it to the to the left position to turn the rear blower Movetheswitchalltheway andeachposition to therightincreasestheflow of heatedair. Movetheswitch all theway to therightposition providingmaximumflow of heated air. 3-9 off, to turn the blower onhigh, Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Rear Air Conditioning and Rear Heater Front Control Rear Control K2479 If your vehicle has a rear air conditioning and rear heater system combination,controlsareprovidedtoregulatethetemperature,locationand speed oftheairflow. To adjusttheairtemperature,turnthetemperatureknobontherightside the controlpanel.Forwarmerairturntheknobtotheright(red)side,and for coolerair,turntheknobtotheleft(blue)side. To regulatetheairflowlocation,adjustthecenterknobonthecontrolpanel, Turn the knob toward the left for floor vent air flow or toward the right for headliner vent air flow. Generally, the upper vents are used for air conditioningandthefloorventsforheating:however,thecontrolknob of airflow. set to allow any desired blend To adjusttheairflowspeed,turnthefancontrolknobontheleftside controlpaneltothedesiredblowersetting. To activatetherearcontrol,movethefanknob CNTL. This will allow second seat passengers desi re. 3-10 of maybe of the on thefrontcontrolto REAR to adjust the controls as they Rear Window Defogger J K2112 You cantell if yourvehiclehas this option by looking at therearwindow. youseelinesrunningacrosstheglass,youhave it. Thesearethewires whichheatyourwindow. If NOTICE Scraping the inside of your rear window could cut and damage the defogger.Yourwarrantywouldnotcover this damage.Anddon't put to scrape them off. decals there, you might have Forbestresults,clearthewindow of asmuchsnow or ice as possiblefirst. To turn ontherearwindowdefogger,findtheswitchmarked REAR DEFOG onyourinstrumentpanel,justbelowtheheatersystem.Presstherightside of theswitch,withthedefogsymbol on it,untilthelightintheswitchcomes will onlywork if theignition on,thenrelease it. Therearwindowdefogger switch is turned to RUN. You canturnthedefogger off atanytimebypressingtheleft,lightedside of off after several minutes, so that the theswitch.Thedefoggerwillshutitself If thedefoggershuts off, andthewindow still glassdoesnotgettoohot. isn'tclear,turnthedefoggeronagain. 3-1 1 I I Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Audio Systems YourDelco@audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive you willgetthemostenjoymentoutof it, if yearsoflisteningpleasure.But youacquaintyourselfwith it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcando of and how to operate all itscontrols,tobesureyou’regettingthemostout theadvancedengineeringthatwentintoit. ~ CAUTION * - Hearingdamagefromloudnoise is almostundetectableuntil it is too e,. Your hearing can adapt to higher volumes ofsound.Sound that seemsnormalcanbe loud andharmful to yourhearing.Take precautions by adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe soundlevelbeforehearingadapts to it. To help avoid hearing loss ordamage: Adjustthevolumecontroltothelowestsetting. I Increasevolumeslowly until youhearcomfortablyandclearly. NOTICE 3-1 2 I AM Stereo ThismeanstheDeleo@systemcanreceive C-QUAM@ stereobroadcasts. Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo, is a registeredtrademark of Motorola,Inc.). thoughsomedonot.(C-QUAM@ If yourDeleo@systemcanget C-QUAM@, your “STEREO” lightwillcome on whenyou’rereceivingit. How to Operate Your AM ETPRadio 1 2 3 4 5 TUNE RCL SET K2186 To Play the Radio Pressthe PWR=VOL-TONE knobtoswitchtheradioonand does two other things: It controlsthevolume.The rotatedclockwise. off. Thisknob VOL knobincreasesthevolumewhen Theknobbehindthe PWR-VOL knobisthe TONE knob.Rotatethis knobcounterclockwiseformorebassandclockwiseformoretreble. RCL Button When the ignition is off, pressthe RCL button to displaythetime.Withthe ignition in RUN or ACC, press it torecallthestationfrequencywhenthetime isshowing. 3-1 3 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Pushbutions Thefivepushbuttonslet Tuneinthestation you returntofavoritestations.Just: you want. Pressthe SET button. (SET appears in the VF displayfor a few seconds). Within 5 seconds,pressone of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation. Whenever you pressthatbutton,thepresetstation will return. How to Operate Your AM-FM Stereo Audio System and Cassette Deck / P 6 1 PO200 To Play the Radio Presstheamber PWR buttontoswitchtheradioonand off. VOL Controlsthevolume.Pressing decreasesvolume. (+) increasesvolume; (-) RCL Whentheignitionis off, pressthe RCL button to displaythetime.Withthe ignitionon,press RCL to recallthestationfrequencyandvolumesetting whenthetime is showing. BAUFADE To balanceandfadethesoundbetweentherightlleftorfronthearspeakers, usethefourbuttonswiththespeakersymbolsonthem.Presstheleftand rightbuttons to adjusttheleftandrightspeakerbalance.Pressingthetop 3-1 4 andbottombuttonsadjuststhefrontandrearspeakervolume, or fade.The relativebalanceandfadeadjustmentsareshown onthe VF display. TUNE Pressthe (t) to increasefrequencyand AMFM Pushtoget (-) todecreasefrequency. AM or FM. SEEK Pressthe SEEK button to makethereceiverseek,andstopat,thenext higher available station. SCAN Pressthe SCAN buttontomakethereceiverscan,andmomentarilypause at,allavailablestations. SCAN willappear in the VF displaywhilethe receiver is in thescanmode.Press SCAN againtocancelthescanmode and hold thecurrentstation, Pushbuttons Thesixpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You cansetthe (6 AM and 6 FM). To setthe pushbuttonsforuptotwelvefavoritestations pushbuttons,just: Tune in thestationyou want. Pressthe SET button. (SET appearsinthe seconds.) VF displayfor a few Within 5 seconds,pushone of thesixpushbuttonstostorethestation. Afterthat,wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. Clock To settheclock, just: Pressthe SET button.Theword SET willlightupinthe Within 5 seconds,pressandholdthe appearsonthedisplay. Then,pressandholdthe on thedisplay. Afteryousetthetime,theword few seconds. SEEK buttonuntilthecorrecthour SCAN buttonuntilthecorrectminuteappears SET willremain in the VF displayfor a TREBLE Push (t) tohearmoretreble. Push (-) VF display. tohearlesstreble. 3-1 5 Comfort Contrals & Audio Systems BASS Push (t)to hearmorebass. Push (-) tohearlessbass. Adjustthesebuttons to give a pleasingsound. If a station isweak and noisy, just reduce TREB to lesseninterference. Cassette Deck , . . 3 nra 10 If youhave a cassettedeck, it is built to workbestwithtapesthatare 30 to 45 minuteslongoneachside. Tapes longerthanthatare so thinthatthey maynotwork well in this player. Once the tapeisplaying,usetheradiocontrolknobsforvolume,balance do for the radio. The arrows on the player indicate and fade, just as you whichside of thetapeisbeingplayed. REV To rapidlyreversethetape,press pressthe FWD buttonlightly. FWD To rapidlyadvancethetape,press youpressthe REV buttonlightly. REV. Thetapewillrapidlyreverse until you FWD. Thetapewillrapidlyadvance PROG To go fromoneside of thetapetotheother,pressthe PROG button. Observe the lighted arrows to determine which side of the tape is being played. 3-1 6 until If atapeisinsertedwithside “1” (or “A”)up,thentheuparrowmeansthat thatsideisbeingplayed.Likewise,adownarrowwouldindicatethatside (or “B”) hadbeenselected.Theplayerwillautomaticallyswitchtotheother side ofthe tapewhenthefirstsideends. EJECT To removethetape button. or stopthetapeandswitch to radio,pressthe “2” EJCT How to Operate Your AM-FM Stereo Audio System and Cassette Deck with Equalizer rui99 To Play the Radio Presstheamber PWR buttontoswitchtheradioonand off. VOL Controlsthevolume.Pressing decreasesvolume. (t)increasesvolume; (-) RCL Whentheignitionis off, pressthe RCL buttontodisplaythetime.With ignition on,press RCL torecallthestationfrequencyandvolumesetting whenthe time is showing. the BAUFADE To balanceandfadethesoundbetweentherighvleft or fronthear speakers, on them.Presstheleftand usethefourbuttonswiththespeakersymbols right buttons to adjust the left and right speaker balance. Pressing the top or fade.The andbottombuttonsadjusts the frontandrearspeakervolume, VF display. relativebalanceandfadeadjustmentsareshownonthe 3-1 7 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems TUNE TO tuneinradiostations,pushthe decreasefrequency. AM/FM Pushtoget (t) to increasefrequencyand (-) to AM or FM. SEEK Pressthe SEEK button to makethereceiverseek,andstopat,thenext higher available station. SCAN Press the SCAN button to make thereceiverscan,andmomentarilypause at, allavailablestations. SCAN willappear in the VF displaywhilethe receiveris in thescanmode.Press SCAN again to cancelthescanmode and hold thecurrentstation. Pushbuttons Thesixpushbuttons let youreturn to favoritestations. You cansetthe pushbuttonsforup to twelvefavoritestations (6 AM and 6 FM). Toset the pushbuttons,just: Tune in thestationyouwant. Pressthe SET button. (SET appearsinthe seconds.) VF displayforafew Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthesixpushbuttons to storethestation. Afterthat,wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. Clock To settheclock,just: Pressthe SET button.Theword SET willlightup Within 5 seconds,pressandholdthe appearsonthedisplay. Then, pressandholdthe on thedisplay. Afteryousetthetime,theword fewseconds. in the VF display. SEEK buttonuntilthecorrecthour SCAN buttonuntilthecorrectminuteappears SET willremaininthe VF displayfora Tone To adjustthetone of thisradiocombination,seetheinstructionsforthe graphicequalizertapedeck. 3-1 8 AmSt The AmSt button is just belowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune to anAM station that broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO lightwillcomeon when you’rereceiving AM stereo. If youpush AmSt andthere is nomore noise,itmeansthestationisweak.You’llhear the stationbetter if youdon’t use AmSt. Justpush the AmSt button again to cancelstereo. NOTE: Your Delcosystemmaybeable to receiveC-QUAM@stereo C-QUAM@ to produce broadcasts.ManyAMstationsaroundthecountryuse stereo,thoughsome do not.C-QUAM@ is aregisteredtrademark of Motorola STEREO light will Inc. If yourDelcosystemcangetC-QUAM@signals,your comeonwhenyouarereceivingstereo. Cassette Deck with Graphic Equalizer I Pressthe PWR button on theradio to turntheuniton.Theradiowillplay until acassetteispushedintothecassetteentrydoor(thetapeside goesin to work bestwithtapesthatare 30 to 45 first.)Thecassettedeckisbuilt minuteslongoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthatare so thinthattheymay notworkwell in thisplayer. VOL, BAL and FADE controlsonthe Oncethetapeisplaying,usethe of thetapeisbeingplayed. radio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside Equalizer Boost thebass,emphasizeavoice in asong,brightenthetreble-your to your equalizerenablesyou to adjustfiveseparatesoundfrequencies individualtaste. 3-1 9 1 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Press (+) to emphasizeafrequency,press (-) to de-emphasize it. It’s best to begin withallthecontrols in themiddleposition,thenadjusteachcontrol as youlike.Observethe VF displayforrelativeemphasis. Cr02 Thisbuttonsetstapebias. When playinghighbiaschrome or metaltapes, When playingstandard press Cr02 (thelight in thebuttonwillcomeon). tapes,pressthebuttonagain(thelightwillgoout). PROG To gofromonesideofthetape to theother,pressthe PROG button. Observethelightedarrows to determinewhichsideofthetape is being played. If atape is insertedwithside “1” (or “A”) up,thenthe uparrowmeans that “2” thatsideisbeingplayed.Likewise,adownarrowwouldindicatethatside (or hadbeenselected.Theplayerwillautomaticallyswitch to the other side of thetapewhenthefirstsideends. “ B y ) EJECT Press EJECT to eject the cassette tape from the player (the radio will then play.) FWD To rapidlyadvancethetape,press FWD. Thelight in thebuttonwillbe lit andthetape will rapidlyadvance until youpressthe REV buttonlightly. SEEK To searchforthenextselectiononthetape,forwardorback,press SEEK (thelight in the SEEK buttonwillbelit)andeither FWD or REV. Forthe seekmode to stop,theremustbeatleasta4-secondgapbetween selections on the tape. REV To rapidlyreversethetape,press REV. The light in thebuttonwillbe FWD buttonlightly. thetapewillrapidlyreverseuntilyoupressthe REPT Press REPT torepeatthecurrentlyplayingselectiononthetape.Forthe repeat to stop,theremustbeatleasta4-secondgapbetweenselections. 3-20 lit and Care of Your Cassette Tape PIayer A tapeplayerthat is notcleanedregularlycancausereducedsoundquality, ruinedcassettes,or a damagedmechanism,Cassettetapesshouldbestored If in theircasesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,andextremeheat. theyaren’t,theymaynotoperateproperlyorcausefailure of thetapeplayer. 15 hours of Your tapeplayershouldbecleanedregularlyeachmonthorafter use. If younoticeareductioninsoundquality, try aknowngoodcassetteto If thisothercassettehasno see if thetapeortheplayerisatfault. improvement in soundquality,cleanthetapeplayer. Cleanyourtapeplayerwithawiping-action,nonabrasivecleaningcassette, andfollowthedirectionsprovidedwithit. Cassettesaresubject to wearandthesoundqualitymaydegradeovertime. Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetapeisingoodconditionbeforeyou haveyourtapeplayerserviced. K1313 Fixed Mast Antenna Thefixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithoutbeing damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraightenit is badlybent,asitmightbebyvandals,youshould outbyhand.Ifthemast replaceit. Checkeveryonce fender. in awhiletobesurethemastisstilltightened 3-2 1 to the Your Driving and the Road Here you’ll find informationabout driving differentkinds of roadsand in varying weather conditions . We’ve also included many other useful tips on driving. RoadSigns ............................................................................................................ 4-2 DefensiveDriving .................................................................................................. 4-9 4-10 DrunkenDriving ................................................................................................... Control of a Vehicle ..................;......................................................................... 4-13 Braking.............................................................................................................. 4-13 Steering ............................................................................................................ 4-18 Steering in Emergencies ................................................................................. 4-19 Passing .............................................................................................................4-21 Loss of Control ................................................................................................ 4-23 Driving Guidelines (Utility Models) ..................................................................... 4-24 Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle .................................... 4-24 Driving at Night ................................................................................................... 4-35 Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37 Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze ..........................................................................4-40 City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-42 Freeway Driving................................................................................................... 4-43 Driving a Long Distance .....................................................................................4-44 Hill and Mountain Roads.................................................................................... 4-47 Parking on Hills ................................................................................................... 4-49 Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... 4-53 Towing a Trailer ................................................................................................... 4-56 Power Winches....................................................................................................4-64 4-1 Your Driving and the Road Road Signs Theroadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbol. It’sa good ideato knowthesecodes so thatyoucanquicklygraspthebasic meaning or intent of thesign even before you haveachance to readit. Color of Road Signs n rD0 N O T 1 rn WRONG I AM402001 RED means STOP. It may alsoindicatethat somemovement is notallowed. Examplesare DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY. RAIL1 4D ADVANCE CROSSING NO PASSING ZONE NARROW BRIDGE AM402002 YELLOW indicates a generalwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou seeayellowsign. It may signal a railroadcrossingahead, a nopassing solid zone,orsomeotherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise,ayellow line paintedontheroad means “Don’t Cross.” 4-2 e LOw SHOULDER WORKERS AHEAD D u FLAGGER AHEAD AM402003 ORANGE indicatesroadconstruction or maintenance.You’llwant to slow of theroadmaybeclosed off downwhenyouseeanorangesign,aspart or torn up.Andtheremaybeworkersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too. l t- SMALLTOWN WEsTr- ! Ic 1 MILE !AST J 1UI roWN I I EXIT 44 4. AM40200 GREEN is used to guide the driver.Greensignsmayindicateupcoming freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturntoreach a particular place. H ~~ HOSPITAL - a ~ INFORMATION AM402005 BLUE signs with white letters showmotorists’services. 4-3 Your Driving and the Road SWIMMING CANOEING AM402006 BROWN signspointoutrecreationareasorpoints interest. Shape of Road Signs Theshape of thesignwilltell of historic or cultural you something,too. ISTOP] AM402007 An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided)sign means STOP. Itisalwaysredwithwhite letters. AM402008 ADIAMOND-shapedsign is a warningofsomethingahead-forexample, soft shoulder,oranarrow end of adivided highway,acurve,steephill, bridge. the AM402009 A TRIANGLEpointeddownward,indicatesYIELD.Itassignstheright-of-way to trafficoncertainapproachestoanintersection. AM402010 ATRIANGULAR sign also is usedontwo-lane roads toindicate a NO PASSINGZONE.Thissign will beon theleftside of theroadway. 4-5 Your Driving and the Road KEEP RIGHT LEFT OR THROUGH RIGHT TURN ONLY AM402011 RECTANGULAR (squareoroblong)signsshowspeedlimits,parking regulations,givedirections,andsuchinformationasdistancestocities. Symbols on Road Signs AM40201 2 Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns in usetoday. Thebasicmessage of many of thesesigns is in pictures orgraphicsymbols. A picturewithinacirclewith a diagonallineacrossitshows what NOT to do. NO U TURN NO PARKING I NO BICYCLES I AM402013 4-6 Traffic Lights I I I AM402014 We’re all familiar with traffic lights or stop lights. Often green arrows are being usedinthelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol. On somemultilaneroads, greenarrowslightup,indicatingthattraffic in oneormorelanescanmoveor makeaturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatter what,” You’ll still need to proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright of way to pedestriansand sometimes to other vehicles. Sometraffic lights alsouseredarrows turningonred. to signifythatyoumust stop before REVERSIBLE LANE ON MULTI-LANE ROADWAY AM402015 Manycityroadsandexpressways,andevenbridges,usereversible-lane traffic control during rush hours. A red X lightabove a lanemeansnodriving A greenarrowmeansyoumaydrive in thatlane. in thatlaneatthattime. Look for the signs posted to warn drivers what hours and days these systemsare in effect. 4-7 Pavement Markings NO PASSING ZONE AM40201 6 Pavementmarkingsadd to trafficsignsandsignals.Theygiveinformation driverswithouttakingattentionfromtheroadway.Asolidyellowlineonyour sideof theroad or lanemeans“don’tcross.” to Your Own Signals Driverssignaltoothers,too. It’s notonlymorepolite,it’ssafer, to let other driversknowwhatyouaredoing.Andinsomeplaces the lawrequiresdriver signals. Turnandlanechangesignals: changelanes. Alwayssignalwhenyouplantoturnor Ifnecessary,youcanusehandsignals outthe window: Left armstraightout for a leftturn,downforsloworabout-to-stop,andupforarightturn. Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrakepedalonceortwice of slowing or stopping.Thiswarnsthedriverbehindyou. in advance Disabled: Yourfour-wayflasherssignalthatyourvehicleisdisabledoris hazard.See“HazardWarningFlasher” in theIndex. Traffic Officer Thetrafficpoliceofficer is alsoasource ofimportantinformation.Theofficer’s signals govern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlightsorothersignssay. Thenextpartdiscussessomeoftheroadconditionsyoumayencounter. 4-8 a Defensive Driving Thebestadviceanyonecangiveaboutdrivingis:Drivedefensively. Pleasestartwitha very important safety device in yourvehicle:Buckleup. (See ‘Safety Belts” in the Index.) Defensivedrivingreallymeans“bereadyforanything.”Oncitystreets,rural roads, orfreeways, it means“alwaysexpectthe unexpected,” Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and make do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes. mistakes.Anticipatewhattheymight Expectchildren to dashoutfrom behind parkedcars, often followed by other for children.Expectoccupantsinparked cars to opendoorsintotraffic.Watch movement in parkedcars-someonemaybeabout to openadoor. Expectotherdrivers to runstopsignswhenyouareonathroughstreet.Be Youmay not ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections. have to use the brake, but if youdo,youwillbeready. If you’re driving through a shopping center parking lot where there are well-markedlanes,directionalarrows,anddesignatedparkingareas,expect somedrivers to ignore all thesemarkingsanddashstraighttowardonepart of the lot. Pedestrianscanbecareless. Watch forthem.Ingeneral,youmustgiveway ofway. topedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetheright of accidents. Yet theyare Rear-endcollisionsareaboutthemostpreventable common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensivedriving maneuver, in both cityandruraldriving. Youneverknowwhen thevehicle in front of you is going to brakeorturnsuddenly. Here’sa final bit of informationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous In fact, GM timefordriving in the US. is very earlyonSundaymorning. Research studies show that the most and the least dangerous times for driving,everyweek, fall onthesame day.Thatday is Sunday.Themost dangeroustime is Sunday 3 a,m.to 4 a.m.The safesttimeisSundayfrom 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. DrivingthesamedistanceonaSundayat 3 a.m.isn’t just a little moredangerousthan it is at 10 a.m. It’sabout 134 timesmore dangerous. That leads to the next part. 4-9 Drunken Driving Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinkinganddrivingisanationaltragedy.It’s the number one contributor to the highway death toll, claiming thousands victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesawaythreethingsthatanyoneneedsto driveavehicle. of Judgment MuscularCoordination 4 Vision Policerecordsshowthathalfofallmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve alcohol-adriver,apassenger or someoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had beendrinking.Inmostcases,thesedeaths are theresult of someonewho 25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur wasdrinkinganddriving.Over eachyearbecause of alcohol,andthousands ofpeopleareinjured. is toomuch if apersonplanstodrive?Ideally,no Justhowmuchalcohol if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too one shoulddrinkalcoholandthendrive.But much”? It canbealotlessthanmanymightthink.Although it dependson eachpersonandsituation,hereissomegeneralinformationontheproblem. TheBloodAlcoholContent(BAC) four things: of someonewho is drinkingdependsupon Howmuchalcoholisinthedrink. 4 Thedrinker’sbodyweight. Theamount of food thatisconsumedbeforeandduringdrinking. Thelength of timeithastakenthedrinker 4-1 0 to consumethealcohol. AM407001 According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person (355 ml)bottles of beerinanhourwillendup whodrinksthree12-ounce withaBAC of about 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC bydrinkingthree4-ounce(120ml)glasses ofwineorthreemixeddrinks eachhad1-1/2ounces (45 ml)ofaliquorlikewhiskey,ginorvodka. if if thesamepersondrank It’stheamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample, an hour,the threedoublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 mlofliquoreach)within food person’sBACwouldbecloseto0.12percent.Apersonwhoconsumes justbeforeorduringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylowerBAClevel. HOUR AM407002 4-1 1 Your Driving and the Road The lawinmost US. statessetsthelegallimitataBAC of 0.10 percent. In Canadathelimitis 0.08 percent,andinsomeothercountriesit’slowerthan 0.10 percentafterthree to sixdrinks(inone that.TheBACwillbeover hour). Of course,aswe’veseen, it dependsonhowmuchalcoholisinthe drinks,andhowquicklythepersondrinksthem. to driveisaffectedwell Butit’sveryimportanttokeepinmindthattheability ofmany belowaBAC of 0.10 percent.Researchshowsthatthedrivingskills 0.05 percent,andthattheeffects peopleareimpairedataBACapproaching 0.05 percent. areworseatnight. All driversareimpairedatBAClevelsabove of beinginanaccidentincreasessharplyfor Statisticsshowthatthechance 0.05 percentorabove.AdriverwithaBAClevel driverswhohaveaBACof of 0.06 percent(threebeersinonehourfora180-poundor82kgperson) hasdoubledhisorherchance of havinganaccident. At aBAClevel of 0.10 percent,thechance of thatdriverhavinganaccidentissixtimesgreater;at alevel of 0.15 percent,thechancesaretwenty-fivetimesgreater!And,the to riditself of thealcoholinonedrink. No amount bodytakesaboutanhour of coffeeornumberof coldshowerswillspeedthatup. “I’ll becareful”isn’ttherightanswer.What if there’sanemergency,aneed to takesuddenaction,aswhenachilddartsintothestreet? A personwitha to avoidthecollision. higherBACmightnotbeabletoreactquicklyenough There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinkinganddrivingthatmanypeopledon’t know.Medicalresearchshowsthatalcoholinaperson’ssystemcanmake crashinjuriesworse.That’sespeciallytrueforbrain,spinalcordandheart injuries.Thatmeansthat if anyonewhohasbeendrinking-driveror passenger-is inacrash,thechance of beingkilledorpermanentlydisabled ishigherthan if thatpersonhadnotbeendrinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen that the chance ofacrashitselfishigherfordrinkingdrivers. I CAUTION Drinkingandthendrivingisverydangerous.Your reflexes, be affectedbyeven a smallamount of alcohol. Youcould have a serious-or even fatal-accident if you or ride with a driver driveafterdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrinkanddrive who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you’rewith a group, designate a driver who will not drink. L perceptions,andjudgmentwill I 4-1 2 Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go. Theyarethebrakes,thesteeringandtheaccelerator. All threesystemshave to do theirworkattheplaceswherethetiresmeettheroad. I AM409006 Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnow or ice, it’s easytoaskmoreof thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou canlosecontrol of yourvehicle. Braking Brakingactioninvolves perceptiontime and reactiontime. First,youhave to decidetopushonthebrakepedal.That’s perception time. Thenyouhaveto bring upyourfootand do it.That’s reactiontime. Average reactiontime isabout 3/4 of a second.Butthat’sonlyanaverage. or Itmightbelesswithonedriverandaslongastwoorthreeseconds morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,and in 314 eyesightallplay a part. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven of a second, a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 kmlh) travels 66 feet (20 m). Thatcouldbe a lot of distanceinan emergency, so keepingenoughspace between your vehicle and others is important. And,ofcourse, actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface road(whetherit’spavement or gravel);thecondition of theroad(wet, icy); tire tread;andtheconditionofyourbrakes. 4-1 3 of the dry, Your Driving and the Road Mostdriverstreattheirbrakeswithcare.Some,however,overworkthe brakingsystemwithpoordrivinghabits. Avoidneedlessheavybraking,Somepeopledriveinspurts-heavy accelerationfollowedbyheavybraking-ratherthankeepingpacewith traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakesmaynothavetime to cool betweenhardstops. Your brakeswillwear out muchfaster if youdo a lotofheavybraking. Don’t“ride”thebrakesbylettingyourleftfootrestlightlyonthebrake pedalwhiledriving. AM410001 “Riding” your brakes can cause them to overheat to the point that h theywon’tworkwell.Youmightnotbeable to stop your vehicle in so time to avoidanaccident. If you“ride”yourbrakes,theywillget hottheywillrequire a lotof pedalforcetoslowyoudown.Avoid “riding” the brakes. NOTICE ‘Riding” the brakes wears them out much faster. You would need costly wake replacement much sooner than normal, and it also reduces fuel mnomy. If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means better braking and longerbrakelife. 4-1 4 If yourengine ever stops whileyou’redriving,brakenormally but don’t pumpyourbrakes. If youdo,thepedalmaygethardertopushdown. If yourengine stops, you will stillhavesomepowerbrakeassist. But you will useitwhen you brake.Oncethepowerassistisusedup, it may takelonger to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push. Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsystemthatcanhelpkeep under control. it a Whenyoustartyourvehicleandbegin to driveaway,youmayhear momentary motor or clicking noise. This is the ABS system testing itself. AM41 5006 Here’showanti-lockworks.Let’ssaytheroadiswet.You’redrivingsafely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in front ofyou. You slamonthebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith ABS. A computersensesthatwheelsareslowingdown.Thecomputerseparately worksthebrakesateachfrontwheelandattherearwheels.Theanti-lock systemcanchangethebrakepressurefasterthananydrivercould.The most of availabletireandroad computerisprogrammedtomakethe conditions. You cansteeraroundtheobstaclewhilebrakinghard. 4-1 5 Your Driving and fhe Road AM41501 6 As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdates controlsbrakingpressureaccordingly. on wheel speedand I CAUTION A I Anti-lockdoesn’tchange the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal, If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leaveenough room up ahead to stop, even though you have anti-lock brakes. To Use Four-wheel Anti-Lock: Don’t pumpthebrakes.Just hold thebrakepedaldownandletanti-lockwork foryou. You may feel the brakesvibrate,oryoumaynoticesomenoise,but this is normal. 4-1 6 I Brake System Warning Light K2325 Thislightappearsonyourinstrumentcluster to warnyou if yourregular in the brakingsystemneedsservice.See“BrakeSystemWarningLight” Index. Disc Brake Wear lndicators Discbrakepadshavebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitched warningsoundwhenthebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded. Thesoundmaycomeandgoorbeheardallthetimeyourvehicle (except when youarepushing onthebrakepedalfirmly). is moving ICAUTION I Thebrakewearwarningsoundmeansthatsoonerorlateryouryour brakeswon’tworkwell.Thatcould lead to anaccident.Whenyou hearthebrakewearwarningsound,haveyourvehicleserviced. NOTICE Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads could result in costly brakt repair. omedrivingconditions or climatesmaycauseabrakesquealwhenthe not meansomething is brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoes wrongwithyourbrakes. 4-1 7 Your Driving and the Road Rear Drum Brakes Your reardrumbrakes don’t havethewearindicators,but if youeverheara Also, therear rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakelininginspected. brakedrumsshouldberemovedandinspectedeachtimethetiresare removedforrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced, havetherearbrakesinspected,too. Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets. Brake Pedal Travel See yourdealer if the brakepedaldoesnotreturn to normalheight, or if there is arapidincreaseinpedaltravel.Thiscouldbeasign ofbrake trouble. Brake Adjustment Everytimeyoumakeabrakestop,yourdiscbrakesadjustforwear. If your brakepedalgoesdownfartherthannormal,yourreardrumbrakesmayneed adjustment.Adjustthembybacking upandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew times. Braking In Emergencies Useyour anti-lockbrakingsystemwhenyouneedto.Withanti-lock,youcan steerandbrakeatthesametime.Inmanyemergencies,steeringcanhelp youmorethaneventheverybestbraking. Steering Power Steering If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheenginestopsorthesystem failstofunction,youcansteerbut it willtakemuchmoreeffort. Steering Tips Driving on Curves It’simportant to takecurvesatareasonablespeed. A lot ofthe“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenewshappenon curves.Here’swhy: Experienceddriver or beginner,each ofus issubject to thesamelaws of physics whendrivingoncurves.Thetraction of thetiresagainsttheroad surfacemakes it possibleforthevehicle to changeitspathwhenyouturn in thefront wheels. If there’s no traction,inertiawillkeepthevehiclegoing thesamedirection. If you’veevertriedtosteeravehicleonwetice,you’ll understandthis. 4-1 8 Thetractionyoucangetin a curvedependsonthecondition of yourtires curve is banked,andyour andthe road surface,theangleatwhichthe speed.Whileyou’rein a curve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol. Supposeyou’resteeringthrough a sharpcurve.Thenyousuddenly accelerate.Thosetwocontrolsystems-steeringandacceleration-can overwhelmthoseplaceswherethetiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulose control. Whatshouldyoudoifthiseverhappens?Letupontheacceleratorpeaal, to go,andslowdown. steerthevehiclethewayyouwantit Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed. Of on goodweatherandroadconditions. course,thepostedspeedsarebased Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to goslower. If youneed to reduceyourspeedasyouapproach a curve, do it beforeyou enter the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead. Try toadjustyourspeed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintain a you areoutofthecurve, reasonable,steadyspeed.Waittoaccelerateuntil and then accelerate gently into the straightaway. Whenyou driveinto a curveat night, it’shardertoseetheroadaheadof of yourlights.Thisis youbecause it bendsawayfromthestraightbeams one good reason to driveslower. Steering in Emergencies Therearetimeswhensteeringcanbemoreeffectivethanbraking.For example,youcomeover a hill andfind a truckstoppedinyourlane,or a or a childdartsoutfrombetween carsuddenlypullsoutfromnowhere, parkedcarsandstopsright in front ofyou.You canavoidtheseproblemsby braking-ifyou canstop in time.Butsometimesyoucan’t;thereisn’troom. That’sthetimeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem. Your vehiclecanperformverywellinemergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour brakes. Itisbetter to remove as muchspeed as youcanfrom a possiblecollision. Thensteeraroundtheproblem,totheleftorrightdependingonthespace available. An emergencylikethisrequirescloseattentionand a quickdecision. If you 9 and 3 o’clockpositions, areholdingthesteeringwheelattherecommended youcanturnit a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand. as quickly straighten the But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and just 4-1 9 Your Driving and the Road wheelonceyouhaveavoidedtheobject.Youmustthenbeprepared back to youroriginallaneandthenbraketoacontrolled stop. to steer Dependingonyourspeed,thiscanberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver. This isone of thereasonsdrivingexpertsrecommendthatyouuseyour safetybeltsandkeepbothhandsonthesteeringwheel. - K2218 Thefactthatsuchemergencysituationsarealwayspossible to practice defensive driving at all times. Off-Road Recovery Youmay findsometimethatyourrightwheelshavedropped a road onto the shoulder while you're driving. is agoodreason off theedge of If the level of theshoulder is onlyslightlybelowthepavement,recovery off theacceleratorandthen, if thereisnothing in shouldbefairlyeasy.Ease of thepavement. You the way, steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge canturnthesteeringwheel up to 1/4 turn untiltherightfronttirecontacts thepavementedge.Then turn your steering wheel to go straightdownthe roadway. 4-20 AM428002 If theshoulderappearstobeaboutfourinches (100 mm)ormorebelowthe If thereisnotenoughroomto pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems. pullentirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But if the right front tire scrubs against the side of thepavement,do NOT steer moresharply.With too muchsteeringangle,thevehiclemayjumpbackonto theroadwith so muchsteeringinputthatitcrossesoverintotheoncoming trafficbeforeyoucanbringitbackundercontrol. Instead,easeoffagainontheacceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethe try again. pavementoncemore,then Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits forjusttherightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then A simplemaneuver? goesbackintotherightlaneagain. Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicleonatwo-lanehighway is a potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane A miscalculation,anerror in asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds. to frustration or angercansuddenlyputthe judgment,orabriefsurrender all trafficaccidents-thehead-on passing driver face to facewiththeworstof collision. So here are some tips for passing: “Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad, to thesides,and to crossroadsfor situationsthatmightaffect your passingpatterns. If youhaveanydoubt whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime. 4-21 Your Driving and the Road Watch fortrafficsigns,pavementmarkings,andlines. If youcanseea sign upaheadthatmightindicatea turn or an intersection,delayyour it’s allright to pass pass. A brokencenterlineusuallyindicates (providingtheroadaheadisclear).Nevercrossasolidline onyourside of the lane or a double solid line,even if theroadseemsempty of approaching traffic. If yoususpectthatthedriver of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware ofyourpresence,tapthehornacoupleoftimesbeforepassing. Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you’re awaitinganopportunity. For onething,followingtoocloselyreducesyour area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle.Also,you if thevehicleaheadsuddenlyslows or stops. won’thaveadequatespace Keepbackareasonabledistance. to pass is comingup,start to accelerate Whenitlookslikeachance so butstay in therightlaneanddon’tgettooclose.Timeyourmove you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane. If the way is clear to pass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that morethanmakesupforthedistanceyouwouldlose by droppingback. And if somethinghappens to causeyou to cancelyourpass,youneed onlyslow downanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity. If other cars are lined up to passaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But to passyouasyoupullouttopass takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttrying the slow vehicle.Remember to glanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe blindspot. Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyour left lane changesignalbeforemovingout of therightlanetopass. Whenyou are farenoughahead of thepassedvehicle to seeitsfront in your insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto therightlane.(Rememberthatyourrightoutsidemirror is convex.The vehicle you just passed mayseem to be farther awayfrom you than it reallyis). Try not to passmore than onevehicleatatimeontwo-laneroads. Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle. Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicletoorapidly.Eventhoughthe brake lights arenotflashing, it maybe slowingdown or starting to turn. If you’re being passed, make it easy for the following driver ofyou.Perhapsyou caneasea little to theright. 4-22 to get ahead Loss of Control Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthethree controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked. In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying escaperouteorareaoflessdanger. to steer,andconstantlyseekan Skidding In askid,adrivercanlosecontrolofthevehicle.Defensivedriversavoid to existingconditions,andbynot mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuited “overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskidsarealwayspossible. The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems. In thebrakingskidyourwheelsaren’trolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too muchspeedorsteering in a curvecausestirestoslipandlose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the drivingwheelstospin. A corneringskidandanaccelerationskidarebesthandled by easingyour foot off the acceleratorpedal. If your vehicle starts to slide (as when you turn or ice-covered road), ease your foot off the acorneronawet,snowto slide.Quicklysteer acceleratorpedalassoonasyoufeelthevehiclestart to go. If youstartsteeringquicklyenough,your the wayyouwantthevehicle vehiclewillstraightenout. As itdoes,straightenthefrontwheels. or othermaterial Of course,traction is reducedwhenwater,snow,ice,gravel, to is on the road. For safety,you’llwant to slowdownandadjustyourdriving theseconditions. It is important to slowdownonslipperysurfacesbecause stoppingdistancewillbelongerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited. try yourbesttoavoid Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction, suddensteering,acceleration, or braking(includingenginebrakingbyshifting toalowergear).Anysuddenchangescouldcausethetirestoslide. You maynotrealizethesurfaceisslipperyuntilyourvehicleisskidding.Learnto recognizewarningclues-such as enoughwater,iceorpackedsnowonthe road to makea“mirroredsurface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany doubt. Remember:Any anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)helpsavoidonlythebraking to go. skid. Steer the way you want 4-23 Driving Guidelines (Utility Models) Thismultipurposepassengervehicleisdefinedas a utilityvehiclein ConsumerInformationRegulationsissuedbytheNationalHighwayTraffic SafetyAdministration(NHTSA)oftheUnitedStatesDepartment of Transportation.Utilityvehicleshavehighergroundclearanceand a narrower of performingin a widevariety of off-road tracktomakethemcapable applications.Specificdesigncharacteristicsgivethem a highercenterof gravitythanordinarycars.Anadvantage of thehighergroundclearance is a better view of theroadallowingyoutoanticipateproblems.Theyarenot designedforcorneringatthesamespeedsasconventional2-wheeldrive vehiclesanymorethanlow-slungsportscarsaredesignedtoperform satisfactorilyunderoff-roadconditions. Ifat all possible,avoidsharpturnsor this abruptmaneuvers. As withothervehiclesofthistype,failuretooperate vehiclecorrectlymayresult in loss of control orvehiclerollover. OffmRoadDriving with Your Four-Wheel Drive Vehicle Thisoff-roadguide is forvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.(Also,see If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive, “Anti-lockBrakes”intheIndex.) a level,solidsurface. youshouldn’tdriveoff-roadunlessyou’reon Off-roaddrivingcanbegreatfun.But itdoeshavesomedefinitehazards. Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself. “Off-roading” meansyou’ve leftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind. Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns. or downhill. In short,you’vegoneright Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphill back to nature. Off-roaddrivinginvolves somenewskills.Andthat’swhyit’sveryimportant that you read this guide. You’ll find many drivingtipsandsuggestions.These will helpmakeyouroff-roaddrivingsaferandmoreenjoyable. Before You Go Off-Roading Therearesomethings to do beforeyougoout.Forexample,besure to have all necessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicle in thismanual. Is there fluid levelsupwhere enoughfuel? Is thesparetirefullyinflated?Arethe they should be? What are the local laws that apply to off-roading where you’ll bedriving? If you don’t know, youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople If so, besure to getthe inthearea.Willyoubeonsomeone’sprivateland? necessary permission. 4-24 Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving Therearesomeimportantthingstorememberabouthowtoloadyour vehicle. Theheaviestthingsshouldbeontheloadfloorandforward axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan. so drivingontheoff-roadterrain Besuretheloadissecuredproperly, doesn’t toss things around. CAUTION ofyourrear rn m m Cargo on the load floor piled higherthantheseatbackscan be thrown forward during a suddenstop. You or yourpassengers could be injured. Keep cargo below thetopoftheseatbacks. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain. You or yourpassengerscanbestruck by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly. and Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s center of gravity, making .it more likely to roll over.You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavyloadsinsidethecargo area, not on the roof. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far low as possible. forward You’ll findotherimportantinformation in thismanual.See“VehicleLoading”, “LuggageCarrier”and“Tires”intheIndex. Traveling to Remote Areas Itmakessensetoplanyourtrip,especiallywhengoingtoa :emotearea. Knowtheterrainandplanyourroute. You aremuchlesslikely to getbad surprises.Getaccuratemaps of trails and terrain. Try to learn of anyblocked or closedroads. It‘s alsoagoodideatotravelwithatleastoneothervehicle. happenstoone ofthem,theothercanhelpquickly. If something If so, besure to readthewinch Doesyourvehiclehaveawinch? if yougetstuck.But instructions. In aremotearea, a winchcanbehandy you’llwanttoknowhow to use it properly. Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving It’s a good idea topracticeinanareathat’ssafeandclosetohomebefore yougointothewilderness.Off-roaddrivingdoesrequiresomenewand different driving skills. Here’s what we mean. 4-25 I Your Driving and the Road Tuneyoursenses to different kinds of signals. Youreyes,forexample,need to constantlysweeptheterrainforunexpectedobstacles. Yourearsneed to listenforunusualtireorenginesounds.Withyourarms,hands,feet,and to vibrationsandvehiclebounce. bodyyou’llneedtorespond Controlling your vehicleisthe key to successfuloff-roaddriving.One of the is to control yourspeed.Herearesome bestwaystocontrolyourvehicle things to keepinmind. At higherspeeds: youapproachthingsfasterandyouhavelesstimetoscantheterrain for obstacles. youhavelesstimetoreact. youhavemorevehiclebouncewhenyoudriveoverobstacles. you’llneedmoredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan unpavedsurface. A When you’re driving off road, bouncing and quick changes in directioncaneasilythrowyouout of position.Thiscouldcauseyou So, whetheryouaredrivingonor off the tolosecontrolandcrash. road,youandyourpassengersshouldwearyoursafetybelts. Scanning the Terrain Off-road driving can take you over to befamiliarwiththeterrainand things to consider. many different kinds of terrain. You need its manydifferentfeatures.Herearesome Surface Conditions Off-roadingcantakeyouoverhard-packed dirt, gravel,rocks,grass,sand, mud,snow orice.Each ofthesesurfaces affectsthesteering,acceleration, andbraking ofyour vehicle in different ways.Dependingupon thekind of surfaceyouareon,you mayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning, delayedacceleration,poortraction,andlongerbrakingdistances. Surface Obstacles Unseenorhiddenobstaclescanbehazardous. A rock,log,hole,rut,or bumpcanstartleyou if you’re notpreparedforthem.Oftentheseobstacles are hidden by grass,bushes,snow or eventheriseandfalloftheterrain itself.Herearesomethings to consider: Is thepathaheadclear? Willthesurfacetexturechangeabruptlyupahead? 4-26 I Doesthetravel take youuphill or downhill?(There’smorediscussion thesesubjectslater.) Willyouhave of to stopsuddenlyorchangedirectionquickly? Whenyoudriveoverobstacles or roughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs, or othersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel out ofyourhands if you’renotprepared. Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks, or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave or twowheels,youcan’tcontrol theground. If thishappens,evenwithone the vehicle as well or at all. Becauseyouwill be onanunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant suddenacceleration,suddenturns,orsuddenbraking. to avoid In away, off-road drivingrequiresadifferent kind of alertnessfromdrivingon pavedroadsandhighways.Therearenoroadsigns,postedspeedlimitsor signallights. You have to useyour own goodjudgmentaboutwhatissafe andwhatisn’t. I CAUTION Drinkinganddrivingcanbeverydangerous onanyroad.Andthisis -b certainly true for off-road driving. At the very time you need special alertnessanddrivingskills,yourreflexes,perceptionsandjudgment of alcohol. You could have canbeaffectedbyevenasmallamount if youdrinkanddriveorridewith a serious-or evenfatal-accident a driver whohasbeen drinking.(See“DrunkenDriving” in the Index.) Driving On Oft-Road Hills Off-roaddriving often takesyou up,down,oracrossahill.Drivingsafelyon hills requires good judgment and an understanding ofwhatyour vehicle can andcan’tdo.There are somehills that simplycan’tbedriven,nomatterhow well-built the vehicle. I CAUTION A 6 Many hills are simplytoosteepforanyvehicle. If youdriveupthem, 2 youwillstall. If youdrivedownthem,youcan’tcontrolyourspeed. If you driveacrossthem,you will roll over.You couldbeseriously injuredorkilled. If youhaveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t drive the hill. 4-27 Your Driving and the Road Approaching a Hill Whenyouapproachahill,youneed to decide if it’soneofthose hills that’s justtoosteep to climb,descend,orcross.Steepnesscanbehard to judge. On averysmallhill,forexample,theremaybe a smooth,constantincline withonlyasmallchangeinelevationwhereyoucaneasilyseealltheway to thetop.Onalargehill,theincline maygetsteeperas you nearthetop, butyou may not see thisbecausethecrest of thehill ishiddenbybushes, grass,orshrubs. Herearesomeotherthings to considerasyouapproacha hill. e Is there a constant incline, or does the hill get sharply steeper places? in e Is theregoodtractiononthehillside, slipping? e Isthereastraightpath turningmaneuvers? e Are thereobstructions on the hill thancanblockyourpath(boulders, trees,logsorruts)? e What’sbeyondthehill? Is thereacliff,anembankment,adrop-off,a if you don’tknow.It’s the smartway to fence?Getoutandwalkthehill find out. 0 Isthehillsimplytoorough?Steephillsoftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs andexposedrocksbecausetheyaremoresusceptibletotheeffects erosion. or will the surfacecause tire up or downthe hill so youwon’thave Driving Uphill Onceyoudecideyoucansafelydriveupthehill,youneed specialsteps. to make of to take some e Usealowergearandgetafirmgriponthesteeringwheel. e Getasmoothstartupthe hill andtry to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse morepowerthanyouneed,becauseyoudon’twantyourwheels to start spinning orsliding. e Try to drivestraight up the hill if at all possible. If the path twistsand turns,youmightwant to findanotherroute. 4-28 I Turningordrivingacrosssteephillscanbedangerous. You could losetraction,slidesideways,andpossiblyrollover. You could be seriouslyinjured orkilled.Whendrivinguphills,alwaystry to go straight up. h Easeuponyourspeed as youapproachthetop Attacha flag to thevehicle to makeyoumorevisible traffic on trails or hills. Soundthe horn asyouapproachthetopof know you’re there. Useyourheadlightsevenduringthe oncomingtraffic. of thehill. to approaching hill to letopposingtraffic day. Theymakeyoumorevisibleto I CAUTION ’ rf\ 1 Driving to the top(crest) of ahillat full speedcancausean ccident. Therecouldbeadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven anothervehicle. You could beseriouslyinjured orkilled. As younear thetop of ahill, slowdown andstayalert. Q: Whatshould I do if my vehiclestalls, makeitup or is about to stall,and I can’t the hill? A: If thishappens,therearesomethingsyoushoulddo,andtherearesome thingsyoumustnotdo.First,here’swhatyoushoulddo: Pushthebrakepedal to stopthevehicleandkeep backwards. Also, applytheparkingbrake. it fromrolling If yourengine is stillrunning,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release theparkingbrake,andslowlybackdown the hill in reverse. If yourenginehasstoppedrunning,you’llneed to restartit.Withthe brake pedal depressedandtheparkingbrake still applied, shift the transmission to P (Park)(or,shiftto N (Neutral) if yourvehiclehasa to reverse, manualtransmission)andrestarttheengine.Then,shift in reverse. releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill Asyou are backing down the hill,putyourlefthand on thesteering wheelatthe 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeable to tell if your wheelsarestraightorturned to the left or rightasyoubackdown. 4-29 Herearesomethingsyou whengoingupahill. mustnot do if youstall,orareabout to stall, Neverattempt to preventastallbyshiftinginto N (Neutral)(or to “rev-up”the depressingtheclutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission) engineandregainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork. Your vehiclewill of control. rollbackwardsveryquicklyandyoucouldgoout Instead,applytheregularbrake to stopthevehicle.Thenapplytheparking brake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdown. Neverattempt to turnaroundifyouareabout to stallwhengoingupa to stall yourvehicle,it’ssteepenough to hill. If thehillissteepenough causeyou to rollover if youturnaround. If youcan’tmakeitupthe hill,youmustbackdownthehill. Q: Suppose,after stalling, I trytobackdown can’t do it. What should I do? the hill anddecide I just A: Settheparkingbrake,putyourtransmissionin P (Park)(orthemanual off theengine.Leavethevehicleandgo transmissioninfirstgear),andturn of thepaththevehicle getsomehelp.Exit on theuphillsideandstayclear to N (Neutral) wouldtake if it rolleddownhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase it insomegear. whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave Shifting thetransfer case to N (Neutral)can cause your vehicleto in P (Park) (or, if you Rave the manualtransmission, even if you’re in gear).Thisis because the N (Neutral)position on the transfer case overridesthetransmission. If you aregoingto leave your vehicle,settheparkingbrakeand shift thetransmissionto P (Park) (or, put yourmanualtransmissioninfirst gear). But do notshiftthetransfer case to the N (Neutral)position. Leave the transfer case in the 2 Wheel, 4 High or 4 Low position. rn ‘ roll even if thetransmissionis I Driving Downhill Whenoff-roadingtakesyoudownhill,you’llwant things: Howsteepisthedownhill?Will to consideranumber of I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol? What’sthesurfacelike?Smooth?Rough?Slippery?Hard-packeddirt? Gravel? Are therehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?Logs?Boulders? 4-30 I What’satthebottom of thehill? Is thereahiddencreekbankorevena riverbottomwithlargerocks? If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,then try to keepyourvehicle headedstraightdown,andusealow gear. This way,enginedragcan help yourbrakesandtheywon’thave to do all the work.Descendslowly,keeping yourvehicleundercontrolatalltimes. ’ [ Heavybrakingwhengoingdown I a hillcancauseyourbrakes to overheatandfade.Thiscouldcause loss of controlandaserious accident.Applythebrakeslightlywhendescendinga hill andusea gear low tovehicle control. under speed keep Q: Aretheresomethings I should not do whendrivingdowna A: Yes! Theseareimportantbecause controlandhave a seriousaccident. hill? 1 if youignorethemyoucouldlose Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyou &%C>Ss theincline of the hill. A hillthat’snot too steep to drivedownmaybe too steep to drive across. You could roll over if youdon’tdrivestraightdown. Nevergodownhillwiththetransmissionin N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch pedal depressed in amanualshift.Thisiscalled“free-wheeling.” Your brakeswillhave to doalltheworkandcouldoverheatandfade. Q: Am I likely to stall whengoingdownhill? A: It’smuchmorelikely to happengoinguphill,But downhill,here’swhat to do. Stopyourvehicle brake. if it happensgoing by applying the regularbrakes.Apply the parking Shift to P (Park)(or to Neutralwiththemanualtransmission) still braking,restarttheengine. Shiftback to alowgear, down. If theenginewon’tstart,get and,while releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight out andgethelp. Driving Across an Incline Soonerorlater,an off-road trailwillprobably goacrosstheincline of a hill. If thishappens,youhave to decidewhether to try to driveacrosstheincline. Here are some things to consider: 4-3 1 Your Driving and the Road 0 A hillthatcanbedrivenstraightup ordownmaybetoosteep to drive across.Whenyougostraightupordownahill,thelengthof the wheel base (the distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels)reducesthe likelihood the vehicle will tumble end over end.Butwhenyou drive acrossanincline,themuchmorenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance betweentheleftandrightwheels)maynotpreventthevehiclefrom tilting androllingover. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight or arollover. onthedownhillwheels.Thiscouldcauseadownhillslide Surfaceconditionscanbeaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossa hill. Loose gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrasscancauseyourtires to slip sideways,downhill. If thevehicleslipssideways, it canhitsomethingthat roll over. willtrip it (arock,arut,etc.)and 0 Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness of theinclineevenworse.If youdriveacrossarockwiththeuphillwheels,orifthedownhillwheels drop intoarut or depression,yourvehiclecan tilt evenmore. to decidecarefullywhether to try to drive For reasonslikethese,youneed acrossanincline.Justbecausethe trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean youhave to driveit.Thelastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolledover. CAUTION A Drivingacrossaninclinethat’s too steep will makeyour vehicleroll over.You couldbeseriouslyinjured or killed. If youhaveanydoubt aboutthesteepnessoftheincline,don’tdriveacrossit.Findanother route instead. I Q: WhatifI’mdriving across aninclinethat’snottoosteep,but I hit to slidedownhill.What should I do? someloosegravelandstart A: Ifyoufeelyourvehiclestartingtoslidesideways,turndownhill.This shouldhelpstraightenoutthevehicleandpreventthesideslipping.However, amuchbetterwaytopreventthis is to getoutand“walkthecourse” knowwhatthesurface is like before you drive it. so you Stalling on an Incline If yourvehiclestalls whenyou’recrossinganincline,besure you (andyour if thedoorthereisharder to passengers)getoutontheuphillside,even starts to roll over, open. If yougetoutonthedownhillsideandthevehicle you’llberightinitspath. If youhave to walk downtheslope,stayoutofthe if it does rollover. 4-32 path thevehiclewilltake AM440002 I Gettingoutonthedownhill(low)side of avehiclestoppedacrossan F\ - , inclineisdangerous. Ifthevehiclerollsover,youcouldbecrushed orkilled.Alwaysgetoutontheuphill(high)side stay well clear of the rollover path. of thevehicleand Driving In Mud, Sand, Snow, Or Ice Whenyoudriveinmud,snoworsand,yourwheelswon’tgetgoodtraction. You can’taccelerateasquickly,turningismoredifficult,andyou’llneed longerbrakingdistances. It’s besttousealowgearwhenyou’reinmud-thedeeperthemud,the to keepyourvehiclemoving lowerthegear.Inreallydeepmud,theideais so youdon’tgetstuck. it will Whenyoudriveonsand,you’llsenseachangeinwheeltraction.But dependuponhowlooselypackedthesandis.Onlooselypackedsand(as on beachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltendtosinkintothesand.This hasaneffectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking. Youmaywant toreduce This willimprove theairpressure in yourtiresslightlywhendrivingonsand. traction. Hardpackedsnow and iceoffertheworsttiretraction.Onthesesurfaces,it’s so poor veryeasytolosecontrol.Onwetice,forexample,thetractionis if you do getmoving,poor thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And of control. steeringanddifficultbrakingcancauseyoutoslideout 4-33 I CAUTION If\ Drivingonfrozenlakes,ponds or riverscanbedangerous. Underwater springs, currents under the ice, orsuddenthaws can weakentheice.Your vehicle could fall throughtheiceandyouand yourpassengers could drown.Driveyourvehicleonsafesurfaces only. L- I t Driving In Water Lightraincausesnospecialoff-roaddrivingproblems.Butheavyraincan meanflashflooding,andfloodwatersdemandextremecaution. Findout howdeepthewater is beforeyoudrivethroughit.Ifit’sdeep enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’ttryit-you probablywon’tgetthrough.Also,waterthatdeepcandamageyouraxleand other vehicle parts. If thewaterisn’ttoodeep,thendrivethrough it slowly.Atfastspeeds,water splashesonyourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso is occur if yougetyour tailpipeunderwater.And,aslongasyourtailpipe underwater, you’ll never beable to startyourengine.Whenyougothrough it may take youlonger to water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet, stop. I CAUTION C Drivingthroughrushingwatercanbedangerous.Deepwatercan sweepyourvehicledownstreamandyouandyourpassengerscould drown.Ifit’sonlyinchesdeep, it canstill washaway theground fromunderyourtires,andyoucouldlosetractionandrollthevehiclc over.Don’tdrivethroughrushingwater. After Off-Road Driving Removeanybrushordebristhathascollectedontheunderbody,chassis,or under the hood.Theseaccumulationscanbeafirehazard. Afteroperation in mudorsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked. Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage. Also, checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage. Your vehiclewillrequiremorefrequentservice Section 7 for additional information. 4-34 due to off-road use,Referto Driving at Night me--=== AN450003 Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereason is that some or drugs,withnightvision driversarelikely to be impaired-byalcohol problems, or by fatigue. Herearesometipsonnightdriving. Drivedefensively.Remember,thisisthemostdangeroustime. Don’tdrinkanddrive this problem). (See “DrunkenDriving” in theIndexformoreon Adjustyourinsiderearviewmirrortoreducetheglarefromheadlights behindyou. Sinceyoucan’tseeaswell,youmayneed to slowdownandkeep morespacebetweenyouandothervehicles.It’shard to tell howfast the vehicle ahead is going just by looking at its taillights. Slowdown,especiallyonhigherspeedroads. uponly so muchroadahead. Your headlightscanlight In remoteareas,watchforanimals. If you’retired, pull off the road in asafeplaceandrest. Night Vision No onecanseeaswellat night as in thedaytime.Butas weget older least twice as thesedifferencesincrease. A 50-year-olddrivermayrequireat muchlight to seethesame thing atnightasa20-year-old. 4-35 Your Driving and the Road Whatyou do in thedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample, if youspendthedayinbrightsunshineyouarewise to wearsunglasses.Your eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjustingtonight. But if you’redriving,don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealot of thingsinvisiblethatshould remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,obstacles,pedestrians,oreventrains blockingrailwaycrossings. Youmaywant to putonyoursunglassesafteryou havepulledintoabrightly-lightedservice orrefreshmentarea.Eyesshielded to darknessbackontheroad.But fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea. You canbetemporarilyblindedbyapproachinglights. It cantakeasecondor to thedark.When two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyestoreadjust youarefacedwithsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlowerthehigh beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid If thereisaline of opposing staringdirectlyintotheapproachinglights. traffic,makeoccasionalglancesovertheline of headlights to makecertain thatone of thevehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare past thebrightlights,giveyoureyestime to readjustbeforeresumingspeed. High Beams If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshighbeamson,signalbyflickingyours to highandthenback to low beam.Thisistheusualsignaltolowerthe headlightbeams. If theotherdriverstilldoesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe temptation to putyourhighbeamson.Thisonlymakestwohalf-blinded drivers. Ona freeway,useyourhighbeamsonlyinremoteareaswhereyouwon’t impairapproachingdrivers.Insomeplaces,likecities,usinghighbeamsis illegal. Whenyoufollowanothervehicleonafreewayorhighway,uselowbeams. True,mostvehiclesnowhaveday-nightmirrorsthatenablethedriverto of thistypeandhighbeamsfrom reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot behindcanbotherthedriverahead. A Few More Night Driving Suggesiions Keepyourwindshieldandalltheglass on yourvehicleclean-insideandout. on theglass.Eventheinsideof Glareatnightismademuchworsebydirt theglasscanbuild up afilmcausedbydust.Tobaccosmokealsomakes be a visionhazard if it’sleftthere. inside glass surfacesveryfilmyandcan Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould, makingthepupils of youreyescontractrepeatedly.Youmightevenwant 4-36 to keep a cloth andsomeglasscleaner your glass frequently. in yourvehicle if youneed to clean Remember that your headlights light up far less in a turn or curve. Keepyoureyesmoving;thatway,it’s of aroadwaywhenyouare easier to pickoutdimlylightedobjects. Justasyourheadlightsshouldbecheckedregularlyforproperaim, youreyesbeexaminedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight blindness-the inability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenawareofit. so should Driving in the Rain AN455012 Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.Onawetroadyoucan’tstop, accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyourtire-to-roadtractionisn’t as goodas i f your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get even ondryroads.And, less traction. if rainstartsto fall whileyou It’salwayswise to goslowerandbecautious aredriving.Thesurfacemaygetwetsuddenlywhenyourreflexesaretuned fordrivingon dry pavement. Theheaviertherain,theharder it is to see.Even if yourwindshieldwiper bladesare in goodshape,aheavyraincanmakeitharder to seeroadsigns andtrafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge of the road,andeven peoplewalking.Roadspraycan often beworseforvisionthanrain, especially if it comesfromadirtyroad. 4-37 So itiswisetokeepyourwipingequipmentin good shapeandkeep your windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey or whenstrips of showsignsofstreakingormissingareasonthewindshield, rubber start to separate from the inserts, AN455018 Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddlesorevengoingthroughsomecar washescancauseproblems, too. Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes. avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem. Try to in aquick Wetbrakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwell stop and may cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of the vehicle. After driving through a large puddle of wateroracar wash, apply work normally. your brake pedal lightly until your brakes Hydroplaning Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwatercan buildupunder your tiresthat if theroadiswet theycanactuallyrideonthewater.Thiscanhappen it enoughandyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicleishydroplaning, haslittleornocontactwiththeroad. Youmightnot beawareofhydroplaning.Youcoulddrivealongforsometime You could withoutrealizingyourtiresaren’tinconstantcontactwiththeroad. to slow, turn,moveoutto pass-or if findoutthehardway:whenyouhave yougethitbyagust of wind.Youcouldsuddenlyfindyourselfout of control. 4-38 Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.Butitcan if yourtireshaven’tmuchtread or if thepressureinoneormoreis low. It canhappen if a lot of wateris standingontheroad.Ifyoucanseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles, orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe hydroplaning. Hydroplaningusuallyhappens on higherspeedroads.Therejustisn’tahard andfastruleabouthydroplaning.Thebestadviceistoslowdownwhen raining,andbecareful. it is Some Other Rainy Weather Tips Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmake morevisibletoothers. Lookforhard-to-seevehiclescomingfrombehind. Youmaywanttouse yourheadlightsevenindaytime if it’sraininghard. Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad spray. If theroadspray is so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback. Don’tpassuntilconditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowlyisbetterthan havinganaccident. Useyourdefogger if it helps. Havegoodtireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires”intheIndex.) 4-39 you Your Driving and the Road ~~ ~ Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze 1 AN459006 Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidityorheavyfrost.Itcanbe so mildthatyou it mightbe so thick canseethroughitforseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or thatyoucanseeonlyafewfeet(meters)ahead.Itmaycomesuddenly to anotherwiseclearroad.And it canbeamajorhazard. Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The biggestdangersarestrikingthevehicleaheadorbeingstruckbytheone behind.Tryto “read”thefogdensity downtheroad.Ifthevehicleahead starts to becomelessclear or, atnight, if thetaillightsarehardertosee,the fog is probablythickening.Slowdowntogivetrafficbehindyouachance to slowdown.Everybodythenhasabetterchance to avoid hitting the vehicle ahead. A patch of densefogmayextendonly for a fewfeet(meters)orformiles (kilometers);youcan’treally tell whileyou’re in it. You canonlytreatthe situationwithextremecare. Onecommonfogcondition-sometimes called mistorgroundfog-can happen in weather that seemsperfect,especiallyatnightor in theearly morning in valleyandlow,marshyareas.You can besuddenlyenvelopedin thick, wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield.Youcanoftenspotthese fogpatches or mistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe or dipintoashallow valley. Start waiting for you asyoucomeoverahill your windshieldwipersandwashertohelpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow downcarefully. 4-40 Tips on Driving in Fog If you get caught infog,turnyourheadlightsonlowbeam,evenindaytime. foglights if yourvehiclehasthem. You’ll see-andbeseen-better.Useyour Don’tuseyourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce makeupfogandreflectbackatyou. off thewaterdropletsthat a lightbuildup of moisture on the Useyourdefogger.Inhighhumidity,even inside of theglass will cutdown on youralreadylimitedvisibility.Runyour on the windshieldwiperandwasheroccasionally.Moisturecanbuildup outsideglass,andwhatseemstobefogmayactuallybemoistureonthe outside ofyourwindshield. to pull offtheroad.Of Treatdensefogasanemergency.Trytofindaplace courseyouwanttorespectanother’sproperty,butyoumightneedtoput somethingbetweenyouandmovingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles, aprivatedriveway,anythingthatremovesyoufromothertraffic. If visibilityisnearzeroandyoumuststopbutareunsurewhetheryouare on, startyourhazardwarningflasher, awayfromtheroad,turnyourlights andsoundyourhornatintervalsorwhenyouhearapproachingtraffic. if youcanseefarenoughaheadtopass Passothervehiclesinfogonly safely.Eventhen,bepreparedtodelayyourpassifyoususpectthefogis worseupahead. If othervehiclestry to passyou,make it easyforthem. 4-41 Your Driving and the Road City Driving AN460004 One of thebiggestproblemswithcitystreetsisamount of trafficonthem. You’llwant to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals. Hereareways e to increase yoursafety in citydriving: Know thebestway to gettowhereyouaregoing.Try not to drive around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get a city map and plan your tripintoanunknownpart of the city just as you would a cross-country trip. e Try to usethefreewaysthatrimandcrisscrossmostlargecities.You’ll savetimeandenergy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”) e Treat a greenlight as awarningsignal. A trafficlight is therebecause thecorner is busyenough to need it. Whena lightturnsgreen,andjust before youstart to move,check both waysforvehiclesthathavenot clearedtheintersection ormaybe runningthe red light. e Obey all postedspeedlimits. But rememberthattheyareforidealroad, weatherandvisibilityconditions. Youmay need to drivebelowthe posted limit in badweatherorwhenvisibilityisespeciallypoor. Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclear or hear emergency vehicles. 4-42 of intersectionswhenyousee for Freeway Driving Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways, turnpikes,orsuperhighways)arethesafestofallroads.Buttheyhavetheir own specialrules. Themostimportantadviceonfreewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand keep to the right. Drive at thesamespeedmost of theotherdrivers driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft laneonafreewayasapassinglane. are Entering the Freeway At theentrancethereisusuallyarampthatleads to the freeway. If youhave aclearview of thefreewayasyoudrivealongtheentranceramp,you shouldbegin to checktraffic.Trytodeterminewhereyouexpect to blend if itisheavy, withtheflow. If traffic is light,youmayhavenoproblem.But find agap as youmovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach.Try to mergeintothegapatclose to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyourturn signal,checkyourrearviewmirrorsasyoumovealong,andglanceoveryour shoulderas often asnecessary.Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow. Driving on the Freeway Onceyouareonthefreeway,adjustyourspeed to the posted limit or to the want to pass. If prevailingrate if it’s slower.Stay in therightlaneunlessyou youareonatwo-lanefreeway,treat the rightlaneastheslowlaneandthe freeway, treatthe leftlane as the passing lane. If youareonathree-lane rightlane as theslower-speedthroughlane,themiddlelane as the higher-speedthroughlane,andtheleftlaneasthepassinglane. 4-43 Your Driving and the Road Beforechanginglanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors.Thenuseyourturn signal.Justbeforeyouleavethelane,glancequicklyoveryourshoulder makesure thereisn’tanothervehicleinyour“blind”spot. to If youaremovingfromanoutsidetoacenterlaneonafreewayhaving morethantwolanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout to move intothe samespot.Lookatthevehiclestwolanesoverandwatchfortelltalesigns: turnsignalsflashing,anincreaseinspeed,ormovingtowardtheedge of the lane.Bepreparedtodelayyourmove. Onceyouaremovingonthefreeway,makecertainyouallowareasonable followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlysloweratnight. Leaving the Freeway Whenyouwanttoleavethefreeway,movetotheproperlanewellin advance.Dashingacrosslanesatthelastminuteisdangerous.Ifyoumiss yourexitdonot,underanycircumstances,stopandbackup.Drive next exit. on tothe At eachexitpointisadecelerationlane.Ideally it shouldbelongenoughfor you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling, ofcourse)and thendo your brakingbeforemovingontotheexitramp.Unfortunately,notalldeceleration all thebraking.Decidewhen lanesarelongenough-somearetooshortfor if thereistraffic to startbraking. If youmustbrakeonthethroughlane,and closebehindyou,youcanallowalittleextratimeandflashyourbrakelights (in addition to your turnsignal)asextrawarningthatyouareabout to slow downandexit. is Theexitrampcanbecurved,sometimesquitesharply.Theexitspeed usuallyposted.Reduceyourspeedaccording to yourspeedometer,not to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you may tend to thinkyou are goingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample, 40 mph (65 km/h)mightseemlikeonly 20 mph (30 kmlh). Obviously, this 20 mph (30 km/h)! couldlead to serioustroubleonarampdesignedfor Driving a Long Distance Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremadeonfreeways,thereare madeonregularhighways. still many Long-distancedriving onfreewaysandregularhighways is thesame in some ways.Thetriphastobeplannedandthevehicleprepared,youdriveat higher-than-cityspeeds,and there arelongerturnsbehindthewheel.You’ll in good shape.Hereare enjoyyourtripmore if youandyourvehicleare sometipsfor a successful long trip. 4-44 Before Leaving on a Long Trip Makesureyou’reready. Try to be wellrested.Ifyoumuststartwhenyou’re notfresh-suchasafteraday’swork-don’t plan tomaketoomanymiles that first part of thejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoesyoucan easilydrivein. Is yourvehiclereadyfora long trip? If youkeep it servicedandmaintained, it’s ready to go. If itneedsservice,have it donebeforestartingout. Of in yourvehicle’s course,you’ll find experiencedandableserviceexperts dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbereadyandwilling to help if youneed it. Herearesomethingsyoucancheckbeforeatrip: WindshieldWasherFluid: inside and outside? Is thereservoir full? Are allwindowsclean WiperBlades: Are theyingoodshape? Fuel, Engine Oil, OtherFluids: Haveyoucheckedalllevels? Lights: Are they all working?Are the lensesclean? Tires: Theyarevitallyimportant to a safe, trouble-free trip. Is the tread goodenoughfor long distancedriving? Are thetiresallinflated to the recommendedpressure? e WeatherForecasts: What’s theweatheroutlookalongyourroute? Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system? e Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps? On the Road Unlessyouaretheonlydriver, it is good to sharethedrivingtaskwith others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel to about 100 miles (160 km)ortwo hoursatasitting.Then,eitherchangedriversorstopforsomerefreshment likecoffee, tea orsoftdrinksandsomelimberingup.Butdostopandmove around.Eatlightlyalongthe way.Heaviermeals tend to makesomepeople sleepy. Ontwo-lanehighways or undividedmultilanehighways that donothave controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound onfreeways.Examplesare:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith directaccess to the highway, nopassingzonesandschoolzones,vehicles turningleftandright off the road, pedestrians,cyclists, parked vehicles,and evenanimals. 4-45 Your Driving and the Road Highway Hypnosis Is thereactuallysuchaconditionas“highwayhypnosis?”Oris it just plain it highwayhypnosis,lackofawareness,or falling asleepatthewheel?Call whatever. Thereissomethingaboutaneasystretchofroadwiththesamescenery, alongwiththe humof thetires on the road, thedrone of theengine,andthe let it rush of thewindagainstthevehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’t happen to you! If it does,your vehiclecanleavetheroad in lessthan a second, andyoucouldcrashandbeinjured. What canyoudoabouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethat happen. it can Thenherearesometips: Makesureyourvehicleiswellventilated,withacomfortablycoolinterior. Keepyoureyesmoving.Scantheroadaheadand to thesides.Check your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time to time. Thiscanhelpyouavoidafixedstare. Weargoodsunglasses in brightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But don’twearsunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your overall vision at the verytimeyouneed alltheseeingpoweryouhave. If yougetsleepy, pull off theroadintoarest,service, or parkingarea andtakeanap,getsomeexercise,orboth.Forsafety,treatdrowsiness onthehighwayasanemergency. As inanydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate followingdistances. 4-46 Hill and Mountain Roads :.-.. ,, ..;. . .. - ... , .. AM470001 Driving on steephills or mountains is differentfromdriving in flat orrolling terrain. If youdriveregularly in steep country, or if you’replanning to visit there,here are sometips that canmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable. (See“Off-Road”intheIndex for informationaboutdrivingoff-road.) Keepyourvehicle in goodshape.Checkall fluid levelsandalsothe brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.These parts can work hardonmountainroads. Knowhow to godownhills.The most important thing to know is this:let yourenginedosome of theslowingdown. Don’t makeyourbrakes do it or long hill. That all.Shift to alowergearwhenyougodownasteep way,you willslowdownwithoutexcessiveuse ofyourbrakes. I CAUT’oN -v A If youdon’t shift down,yourbrakescouldget so hotthatthey wouldn’tworkwell.Youwould thenhave poor braking or evennone goingdownahill. You could crash.Shiftdown to letyourengine assist your brakesonasteepdownhillslope. 4-47 A I Coastingdownhill in N (Neutral)orwiththeignition off is dangerous. Your brakeswillhave to do allthework of slowing down.They could couldcrash.Always get so hotthattheywouldn’tworkwell.You haveyourenginerunningandyourvehicle in gearwhenyougo downhill. e Knowhow to gouphill.Youmaywant to shiftdown to alowergear. Thelowergearshelp cool yourengineandtransmission,andyoucan climb the hill better. e Stay in yourown lane when drivingontwo-laneroads in hillsor of theroad.Drive mountains.Don’tswingwideorcutacrossthecenter atspeedsthatletyoustay in yourownlane.Thatway,youwon’t be surprisedby a vehiclecomingtowardyou in thesamelane. It takes longer to passanothervehiclewhenyou’regoinguphill.You’ll want to leaveextraroom to pass. If avehicleispassingyouand doesn’thaveenough room, slowdown to make it easierfortheother vehicle to get by. e As yougooverthetop of ahill, be alert.Therecouldbesomethingin yourlane,likeastalledcaroranaccident. Youmayseehighwaysignsonmountains thatwarn of specialproblems. Examplesarelonggrades,passingorno-passingzones,afallingrocks to theseandtakeappropriateaction. area, or windingroads.Bealert Winterdrivingcanpresentspecialproblems.See“WinterDriving” Index. 4-48 in the Parking on Hills F AM470025 Hills and mountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butplease be carefulwhere youstop if you decide to look at theviewortakepictures.Lookforpull-offs or parking areas provided for scenic viewing. Anotherpart of thismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking Brake”intheIndex).Buton a mountainorsteephill,youcandoonemore thing. You can turn your front wheels to keepyourvehiclefromrolling downhill or out into traffic. 4-49 Your Driving and fhe Road Here’s how: Downhill Parking AN470032 Turn your wheelstotheright. Youdon’thave to jam your tiresagainstthecurb, contact is allyouneed. 4-50 if there is a curb. A gentle Parking Uphill AN470039 If thereisacurb,turnyourwheelstotheleft of your vehicle. if thecurbisattherightside : . . . AN470046 If you’regoinguphillonaone-waystreetandyou’reparkingontheleftside, yourwheelsshouldpointtotheright. 4-51 Your Driving and the Road AN470054 If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphill,turnthewheels to theright. If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphillontheleftside street,yourwheelsshouldbeturnedtotheleft. of aone-way Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) If youareparkingonahillandyoudon’tshiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park)properly,theweightofthevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe parkingpawlinthetransmission. Youmay find it difficult to pulltheshiftlever To preventtorquelock,always out of P (Park).Thisiscalled“torquelock.” To find out besure to shiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver’sseat. how,see“ShiftingInto P (Park)” in theIndex. When you areready to drive,movetheselectorlever BEFORE youreleasetheparkingbrake. out of P (Park) If “torquelock”doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclepush so yours a littleuphill to takesome of thepressurefromthetransmission, youcanpulltheshiftleverout of P (Park). 4-52 Winter Driving r AM480003 Here are some tips for winter driving. Haveyourvehicleingoodshapeforwinter.Besureyourenginecoolant mix iscorrect. Snowtirescanhelpinloosesnow,buttheymaygiveyoulesstraction If youdonotexpecttobedrivingindeep onicethanregulartires. snow, but mayhave to traveloverice,you maynotwant to switchto snow tires at all. Youmaywant to putwinteremergencysupplies in yourvehicle. Include an icescraper, a smallbrushorbroom, a supply of windshield washerfluid, a rag,somewinterouterclothing, a smallshovel, a flashlight, a redcloth,and a couple of reflectivewarningtriangles.And, ifyou will be driiing undersevereconditions,include a smallbagofsand, a piece of old carpetor a couple of burlapbagstohelpprovidetraction. Besureyou properly secure these items in your vehicle. Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the road probably have goodtraction. However, if thereis snow oricebetweenyourtiresandtheroad,youcan have a veryslipperysituation.You’llhave a lotlesstractionor“grip”and need to be very careful. 4-53 will Your Driving and the Road 1 AN480018 What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.” Very cold snoworicecanbeslick andhardtodriveon.But wet icecanbeevenmoretroublebecauseitmay offertheleasttraction of all. You canget“wetice”whenit’saboutfreezing (32”F, 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall. Tryto avoiddrivingonwetice untilsaltandsandcrewscangetthere. Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloose snow-drive to breakthefragiletraction.Ifyou withcaution.Accelerategently.Trynot acceleratetoofast,thedrive wheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder thetiresevenmore. Your anti-lockbrakesimproveyourabilitytomakeahardstoponaslippery road.Eventhoughyouhavetheanti-lockbrakingsystem,you’llwanttobegin stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Anti-lock”inthe Index. Allowgreaterfollowingdistancesonanyslipperyroad. Watchforslipperyspots.Theroadmightbefineuntilyouhitaspot that’scoveredwithice. On anotherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay appearinshadedareaswherethesuncan’treach:aroundclumps of trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurface of a curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare clear. If youseea patch of ice ahead of you,brakebeforeyouareon it. Trynot to brakewhileyou’reactuallyontheice,andavoidsudden steering maneuvers. 4-54 I f You’re Caught in a Blizzard I- t . If you are stopped by heavysnow,you couldbe in aserioussituation. You shouldprobablystaywith your vehicleunlessyouknowforsurethatyouare some things to do to nearhelpandyoucanhikethroughthesnow,Hereare summonhelpandkeepyourselfandyourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour hazard flashers.Tiea red cloth to your vehicle to alertpolicethatyou’ve beenstoppedbythe snow.Puton extraclothing orwrap a blanketaround you. If youhave no blankets or extraclothing,make body insulatorsfrom can wraparound newspapers,burlapbags,rags,floormats-anythingyou yourself or tuckunderyour clothing to keepwarm. You can runtheengine to keepwarm, butbecareful. Snowcantrapexhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscancause CO could overcome deadly CO (carbonmonoxide)gastogetinside. youand kill you. Youcan’tsee it or smell it, so youmightnotknow of your it is in yourvehicle.Clearaway snow fromaroundthebase vehicle,especiallyanythat is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck to besuresnowdoesn’tcollectthere. aroundagainfromtimetotime I Open a window just a little on the side of thevehiclethat’saway from the wind. This will help keep CO out. 4-55 Your Driving and the Road AN480044 Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissaves fuel.When you run is, pushthe theengine, make it goalittlefasterthanjustidle.That it keeps acceleratorslightly.Thisuses less fuelfortheheatthatyougetand thebatterycharged. You willneedawell-charged battery to restartthe vehicle,andpossibly for signaling later on with your headlights. Let theheater runforawhile.Then, shut theengine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve theheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonly when you feel really uncomfortablefromthe cold. But do it as littleas possible. Preservethefuel as long as you can. To help keepwarm,youcangetout of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so untilhelpcomes. If You’re Stuck in Deep Snow Thismanualexplainshow to getthevehicleout of deepsnowwithout damagingit.See“RockingYourVehicle” in theIndex. Towing a mailer I A If you don’tuse thecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan lose control when you pull atrailer.Forexample, if the trailer is too heavy, thebrakesmaynotwork well-or evenatall. You andyour if youhave passengers could beseriouslyinjured.Pullatraileronly followedallthesteps in thissection. 4-56 ’ I NOTICE Wing a trailer improperly can damage your vehicleand result in costly epairs not covered by your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow the I advice in this section. Every vehicle is readyforsometrailertowing, If it was built with trailering options,asmanyare,it’sreadyforheaviertrailers.Buttrailering is different than just drivingyourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges in handling, durability,andfueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect equipment,and it has to beusedproperly. That’s thereasonforthissection. In it are many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules. Many ofthese areimportantforyoursafety andthat of yourpassengers, So pleasereadthissectioncarefullybefore pullatrailer. you I f You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do, here are someimportantpoints. There are manydifferentlawshaving to do withtrailering.Makesure yourrig will belegal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’llbe driving. A goodsourceforthisinformationcanbestateorprovincial police. e Considerusingswaycontrolwithautilitymodel if yourtrailer will weigh 3,000 pounds (1361 kg) orless,orwithawagonmodel if yourtrailer willweigh 4,000 pounds (1800 kg)orless. You shouldalwaysusesway if yourtrailerwillweighmore than 3,000 controlwithautilitymodel pounds (1361 kg),orwithawagon model if yourtrailerwillweighmore than 4,000 pounds (1800 kg).You can ask a hitchdealerabout sway controls. Don’ttowatraileratallduring the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew vehicle is driven. Your engine,axle,orotherparts could bedamaged. e Then,during the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtowatrailer,don’t driveover 50 mph (80 kmlh) anddon’tmakestartsatfullthrottle.That of yourvehiclewear in at the willhelpyourengineandotherparts heavier loads. 4-57 Your Driving and the Road Threeimportantconsiderationshavetodowithweight: Weight of the Trailer Howheavycanatrailersafelybe? Forutilityvehicles,atrailershouldneverweighmorethan (3175.2 kg). 7,000 pounds Forwagonmodels,atrailershouldneverweighmorethan pounds (6125.6 kg). 10,000 Buteventhatcanbetooheavy.Itdependsonhowyouplan to useyourrig. Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow it canalso muchyourvehicleisusedtopullatrailerallareimportant.And, on yourvehicle.Youcan dependon anyspecialequipmentthatyouhave askyourdealerforourtraileringinformationoradvice,oryoucanwriteusat theaddresslistedinyourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation Booklet. In Canada,write to: GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited Customer Assistance Center 1908 ColonelSamDrive Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7 Weight of the Trailer Tongue Thetongueload(A)ofanytraileris an importantweighttomeasurebecause itaffectsthetotal,grossweight ofyourvehicle.Thegrossvehicleweight of thevehicle,anycargoyoumaycarryin it, (GVW)includesthecurbweight andthepeoplewhowillberidinginthevehicle.And if youwilltowatrailer, you mustaddthetongue load tothe GVW becauseyourvehiclewillbe carryingthatweight,too.See“Loading YourVehicle” intheIndexformore informationaboutyourvehicle’smaximumloadcapacity. 4-58 A B AN490002 If you’reusing a “dead-weight”hitch,thetrailertongue(A)shouldweigh 10% ofthe total loadedtrailerweight (8).If youhave a “weight-distributing”hitch, (B). the trailer tongue (A) shouldweigh 12% of the total loaded trailer weight Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weightsareproper. If theyaren’t,youmaybeable togetthemrightsimply by movingsomeitemsaround in thetrailer. TotalWeight on Your Vehicle’s Tires Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the limit for cold tires. You’ll find door thesenumbersontheCertificationlabelattherearedgeofthedriver’s (orsee“Loading YourVehicle” intheIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’t goover the GVW limit for your vehicle. Hitches It’s important to havethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks going by, androughroadsare a fewreasonswhyyou’llneedtheright hitch, Herearesomerulestofollow: If yourvehiclehas a stepbumperandyouaregoing to use a ball-type hitch,removethepadandcutholes in it tomatchthehitchandsafety chainholes in thebumper. If you’llbepulling a trailerwith a utilitymodelthat,whenloaded,will weighmorethan 3,000 pounds (1361 kg);orwith a wagonmodelthat 4,000 pounds (1800 kg), be sure to when loaded, will weigh more than of the use a properly mounted weight-distributing hitch and sway control proper size. This equipment is very important for proper vehicle loading andgoodhandlingwhenyou’redriving. 4-59 Your Driving and 0% Road Willyouhave to makeanyholes in thebodyofyourvehiclewhenyou install atrailerhitch? If youdo, thenbesure to sealtheholeslater If youdon’tsealthem,deadlycarbon whenyouremovethehitch. monoxide (CO) fromyourexhaustcangetintoyourvehicle(see“Carbon Monoxide” in theIndex).Dirtandwatercan,too. Safety Chains You shouldalwaysattachchainsbetweenyourvehicleandyourtrailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to theroad if itbecomesseparatedfromthehitch.Instructionsabout safety chains maybe provided by thetrailermanufacturer.Followthe manufacturer’srecommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so youcan turn withyourrig.And,neverallowsafetychains dragontheground. to Trailer Brakes Ifyourtrailerweighsmorethan 1,000 pounds (450 kg)loaded,thenitneeds to readandfollowthe itsownbrakes-andtheymustbeadequate.Besure instructions for the trailer brakes so you’llbeable to install, adjust and maintainthemproperly. Don’t tap into yourvehicle’sbrakesystem if thetrailer’sbrakesystem will use morethan 0.02 cubicinch (0.3 cc) of fluidfromyourvehiclesmastercylinder. If it does,bothbrakingsystemswon’tworkwell. You couldevenloseyour brakes. Will thetrailerbrakepartstake 3,000 psi (20 650 kPa)ofpressure? If not,thetrailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyourvehicle. If everythingchecksout this far, thenmakethebrakefluidtapatthe to therearbrakes.Butdon’t portonthemastercylinderthatsendsfluid If youdo,itwillbendandfinallybreak off. usecoppertubingforthis. Usesteelbraketubing. Driving with a Trailer Towinga trailerrequiresacertainamount of experience.Beforesettingout for the open road,you’llwant to get to knowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of thetrailer.And alwayskeepinmindthatthevehicleyouaredriving is nowagooddeal longerandnotnearly so responsive as yourvehicle is byitself. Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes, connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment. start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to besurethebrakes are working.This lets voucheckyour electrical connection at the same time. 4-60 I - If youhavearear-mostwindowopenandyoupullatrailerwithyour vehicle,carbonmonoxide (CO) could comeintoyourvehicle. You can’tseeorsmell CO. It cancauseunconsciousnessordeath(See “EngineExhaust” in theIndex). To maximizeyoursafetywhentowing a trailer: Havetheexhaustsysteminspectedforleaksandmake necessaryrepairsbeforestartingonyourtrip. Keeptherear-mostwindowsclosed. If exhaustdoescome into yourvehiclethroughawindowinthe rear or another opening, drive with your front, main heating or This will coolingsystem on andwiththefanonanyspeed. bringfresh,outsideair into yourvehicle. Do notuse RECIR because it onlyrecirculatestheairinsideyourvehicle.See “ComfortControls” in theIndex. During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure,and that the lights andanytrailerbrakesare still working. Following Distance Stayatleasttwice as farbehindthevehicleaheadasyouwouldwhen driving your vehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyou avoid situationsthat requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns. Passing You’ll needmorepassingdistanceupaheadwhenyou’retowingatrailer. And,becauseyou’re a gooddeallonger, you’ll need to gomuchfarther beyondthepassedvehicle before youcanreturn to yourlane. Backing Up Hold thebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then, to movethe To movethetrailertotheright, trailerleft,justmoveyourhandtotheleft. moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysback up slowlyand, if possible,have someoneguideyou. Making Turns Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal. Do this so yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrike soft shoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees, or otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell in advance. 4-61 Your Driving and the Road Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash or lanechange.Properlyhookedup,thetrailer wheneveryousignalaturn lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’reabout to turn,changelanes, or stop. Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailerareburnedout.Thus,youmaythink It’s important to drivers behind you are seeing your signal whentheyarenot. check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. Driving on Grades Reduce speed and shift to alowergear before youstartdownalong or steepdowngrade. If youdon’tshiftdown,youmighthave to useyour brakes so much that they would get hot and no longerworkwell. to 45 mph (70 On a longuphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeed kmlh) or less to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating. If youhaveanautomatictransmission,youshould use D (or, as youneed to, alowergear)whentowingatrailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowing life of yourtransmission. a trailer will minimize heat buildup and extend the Or, if youhaveamanualtransmissionwithfifthgearandyouaretowinga (or, as you trailer,it’sbetternot to use fifth gear, justdriveinfourthgear need to, alowergear). Parking on Hilk You reallyshouldnotparkyourrigonahill. If somethinggoeswrong,your rig could start to move.Peoplecanbeinjuredandbothyourvehicleandthe trailer can bedamaged. But if youeverhave to park your rig on a hill, here’s how to doit: 1. Apply yourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto for a manual transmission. P (Park)yet, or intogear 2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels. 3, Whenthewheelchocksareinplace,releasetheregularbrakes chocksabsorbtheload. 4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen shift to P (Park), or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission. 5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehicle,besurethetransfercase drivegear-not in N (Neutral). 4-62 until the is in a . . 6. Release the regularbrakes. CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is no Your vehiclecan fully in P (Park) wi-. theparkingbrakefirmlyset. roll. If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure your vehicle won’tmove, whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow. If you have four-wheel drive and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), yourvehiclewillbefree to roll, even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park) So, besurethetransfercase is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). Hills” I If youareparkingonahill, On “Parking Index. in the or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee I When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1. Applyyourregularbrakesandholdthepedaldownwhileyou: Startyourengine. Shift into agear;and Releasetheparkingbrake. 2. Let upon the brakepedal. 3. Driveslowly until the trailer is clear of thechocks. 4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstowthechocks. Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re pulling a trailer. .See theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthat are especially important in trailer operation are automatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill), engineoil,axlelubricant,belts,coolingsystem,andbrakeadjustment.Each ofthese is coveredinthismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou find them to reviewthesesectionsbefore quickly. If you’retrailering,it’sagoodidea you start your trip. Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight. 4-63 Yiiur Driving and the Road mailer Wiring Harness See“TrailerWiringHarness” in theIndex. Power Winches If youwish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle, vehicle is stationary or anchored. only use it whenyour transmissionmaybedamaged. Use the regular brakes, set the parking brake or block the wheels your vehicle from rolling. 4-64 to keep Here you’ll find what to do aboutsomeproblems that can occur on the road. Hazard Warning Flashers ..................................................................................... 5-2 Other Warning Devices.........................................................................................5-3 Jump Starting ........................................................................................................5-3 Towing Your Vehicle, .............................................................................................5-7 Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-8 Engine Fan Noise ............................................................................................... 5-16 If a Tire Goes Flat.............................................................................................. 5-16 Tire ....................................................................................... 5-16 ChangingaFlat Storing the Jack and Tire. ..............................................................................5-30 If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow ...................................................5-31 5-1 Pm6/ems on the R ~ a d Hazard Warning Flashers AN505005 Your hazard warningflashersletyouwarn others. They also let police know youhave a problem. Your front and rear turnsignallightsflashon and off. But they won't flash if you are braking. F 1 K2503 Pressthebuttonin and off. to makeyourfrontandrear turn signal lights flash on Your hazardwarningflashersworknomatterwhatpositionyourkeyisin, andeven if thekeyisn'tin. To turn off theflashers,pulloutonthecollar. on, yourturnsignalswon'twork. Whenthehazardwarningflashersare Other Warning Devices If youcarryreflectivetriangles,youcansetoneupattheside about 300 feet (100 m) behindyourvehicle. of theroad Jump Starting If yourbatteryhasrun down, youmaywant to useanothervehicleandsome do it jumpercablestostartyourvehicle.Butpleasefollowthestepsbelowto safely. I CAUTION Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerousbecause: They contain add that can burn you. e They contain gas that can explode orignite. * They contain enough electricity to burn you. If YOU don't follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things "an hurt you. Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vet vouldn't be covered by your warra 1. * ' 3 that ' iying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it could Y,.I.Jge yaur !chicle, even if youhave a manualtransmission.And if vou have an utomatic transmission, it won't start that wav. To Jump Start Your Vehicle 1. Checktheothervehicle. It musthave a 12-voltbatterywith a negative groundsystem. NOTICE m with a negative ground, both . . 2. Getthevehiclescloseenough so thejumpercablescanreach,butbe If theyare,itcouldcause surethevehiclesaren'ttouchingeachother. 5-3 a ground connection you don’twant. You wouldn’t be able to start your vehicle,andthebadgrounding could damagetheelectricalsystems. CAUTION A You could be injuredifthevehiclesroll.Set the parkingbrakefirmly oneachvehicle.Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or a manualtransmissionin N (Neutral). If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the transfer not in N (Neutral). case is 3. Turn off the ignitiononbothvehicles.Turn off all lightsthataren’t needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries. Anditcouldsaveyourradio! I I jou leavearadioon, it couldbebadlydamaged.Therepairs be coveredbyyourwarranty. woulc 4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries. Findthepositive (t) andnegative (-) terminalsoneachbattery, CAUTION A Usingamatchnearabatterycancausebatterygas to explode. b Peoplehavebeenhurtdoingthis,andsomehavebeenblinded.Use a flashlight if you needmorelight. Be sure the batteries have enough water. You don’tneed to add GM water to the DelcoFreedom@batteryinstalledineverynew vehicle. But if abatteryhas filler caps, besurethe right amountof fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care of that first. If you don’t,explosivegascouldbepresent. Battery fluid containsacidthatcan bum you.Don’tget you accidentally get it in youreyesoronyourskin,flush immediately. medical help get withand water it on you. If’ the place 5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thaveloose or missinginsulation. If theydo, you couldgetashock. The vehiclescouldbedamaged, too. Beforeyouconnectthecables,herearesomethingsyoushould know. Positive (t) will go to positive (t)andnegative (-) will go to negative 5-4 c (-) or ametalengine part. Don’tconnect (t) to (-) or you’ll get a shortthatwoulddamage the battery and maybeotherparts,too. A Fans or othermovingenginepartscaninjureyoubadly.Keepyour h handsawayfrommovingpartsoncetheenginesarerunning. 6. Connecttheredpositive (t) cable to the positive (t)terminal of the (+) terminal if the vehiclewiththedeadbattery.Usearemotepositive vehiclehasone. Good Battery Dead Baffery 1 7. Don’tlettheotherendtouchmetal.Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal of the good battery.Usearemotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehasone. 8. Now connecttheblacknegative (-) terminal. (-) cabletothegoodbattery’snegative Don’tlet the otherendtouchanythinguntilthenextstep.Theotherend of thenegativecable doesn’t go to thedeadbattery. It goes to a heavy of thevehiclewiththedeadbattery. unpaintedmetalpartontheengine 9. Attachthecableatleast 18 inches (45 cm)awayfrom thedeadbattery, just as butnotnearengine parts thatmove.Theelectricalconnectionis of sparksgettingbacktothebatteryismuch goodthere,butthechance less. 5-5 Dead Battery Good Battery 4 K2506 10. Nowstartthevehiclewiththegoodbatteryandruntheenginefor awhile. 11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. If it won’tstartafterafewtries,itprobablyneedsservice. 12. Removethecablesinreverseordertopreventelectricalshorting. REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER 5-6 I Take Tiwing Your Vehicle Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing service Theycanprovide the rightequipmentandknowhowtotow damage. tow your vehicle. it without If your vehicle has been changed since it wasfactory-new, by addingthings likefoglamps,aeroskirting, or specialtiresandwheels,thesethingscould bedamagedduringtowing. Beforeyou do anything,turnonthehazardwarningflashers. Whenyoucall, tell thetowingservice: Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive, option. Themake,model, andyear ofyour or that it hasthefour-wheeldrive vehicle. Whetheryoucanmovetheshiftleverforthetransmissionandtransfer case, if youhaveone. If there was anaccident,whatwasdamaged. I CAUTION A To help avoid injury to you or others: 9 Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is being towed. e Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds. e Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured. Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by the tow truck. * Always use separate safety chains on each side when towing a vehicle. Whenyourvehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey off. Thesteering wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadposition,withaclampingdevice designedfortowingservice. Do notusethevehicle’ssteeringcolumnlockfor if youhaveone,shouldbein this. Thetransmissionandtransfercase, Neutralandtheparkingbrakereleased. If youhaveatwo-wheeldrivevehicle,don’thaveyourvehicletowedonthe If thevehiclemustbetowedontherear rearwheels,unlessyoumust. wheels,don’t go morethan 35 mph (56 kmlh) or fartherthan 50 miles (80 km) or your transmissionwillbedamaged. If theselimitsmustbeexceeded, then the reardrivewheelshavetobesupportedonadolly. 5-7 Pmbkms on the Road If your vehicle has the four-wheel-driveoptionandthetransfercaseis engaged, a dolly mustbe used undertherearwheelswhentowing front. from the Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicleinstrument panel, If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine: I Steam from an overheated engine can bum you badly, even if you ‘i\ just open the hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehide until it cools down. Wait until there is no sign of steam or coalant before opening the hood. If you keep driving when your engine is overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or others could be badly burned. Stop your engine if it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the engine is Cool. you keep driving with no coolant, your costly repairs would not becovered by your warranty. 5-8 If No Steam Is Coming From Your C gine: If yougettheoverheatwarningbutseeorhear notbetooserious.Sometimestheenginecanget Climbalong no steam,theproblem may a little too hotwhenyou: hill ona hot day. Stop after high speeddriving. Idle forlongperiods in traffic. Tow atrailer. If you get the overheat warning with orso: 1. Ifyouhaveanairconditioner, no sign ofsteam, try this for a minute turn it off. 2. Turn on yourheater to full hotatthehighestfanspeedandopenthe window as necessary. 3. If you’re in a trafficjam,shift to N (Neutral). If younolongerhavetheoverheatwarning,youcandrive.Just to besafe, driveslowerforabout ten minutes. If thewarningdoesn’tcomebackon,you candrivenormally. If thewarningcontinues, pull over,stop, and park yourvehiclerightaway. If there’s still nosign of steam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheenginespeedis about twice as fast as normalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback to normal idle speedaftertwo or threeminutes. Now see if thewarningstops. OFF THEENGINEANDGET Butthen, if youstillhavethewarning,TURN EVERYONE OUT OF THEVEHICLEuntil it cools down. Youmay decidenot to lift thehoodbut 5-9 to getservicehelpright away. Cooling System .i I PO210 Whenyoudecideit'ssafetoliftthehood,here'swhatyou'llsee: A. Coolantrecoverytank B. Radiatorpressurecap C.Enginefan CAUTION A An electric fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is notrunningandcaninjure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools awayfromanyunderhood electric fan. If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank or surge tank is boiling, don't do anythingelseuntilitcoolsdown. 5-1 0 Thecoolant level shouldbeatorabove COLD. If it isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiator,water pump or somewhere else in thecoolingsystem. CAUTION A Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbeveryhot. do, youcanbeburned. Don’t touchthem.Ifyou 1‘ Don’t run the engineif there is a leak. If you run the engine,it coulc loseallcoolant.That could causeanenginefire,andyou could be burned.Getanyleakfixedbeforeyoudrivethevehicle. I I If thereseemstobenoleak,check to see if theelectricenginefan haveone)isrunning.Iftheengineisoverheating,thefanshouldberunning. If it isn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice. (if you Starttheengineagain to see if theregularfanrunswhentheenginedoes. off theengine. If it doesn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank Ifyouhaven’tfoundaproblemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tatorabove COLD, adda 50150 mixture of cleanwater (preferablydistilled)andaproper 5-1 1 antifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.(See“Coolant”intheIndexformore informationaboutthepropercoolantmix.) Addingonlyplainwatertoyourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous. Plain water, or someotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset or thewrongmix,your forthepropercoolantmix.Withplainwater engine could gettoohot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your enginecould catch fireandyou or others could beburned. Use a 50150 mix of clean water and a proper antifreeze. NOTICE I I I In cold weather, water can freeze andcracktheengine.radiator,heater I coreandotherparts.Use the recommendedcoolant. 1 L. k ’ 1 ::. I CAUTION - PO206 I = You canbeburned if youspillcoolantonhotengineparts.Coolant containsethyleneglycol and it willburn if theengineparts are hot enough.Don’tspillcoolant on a hotengine. When the coolant in the coolant recovery is at or above vehicle. 5-1 2 COLD, start your If the overheatwarningcontinues,there'sone more thing you cantry. You can addthepropercoolant mix directly to theradiator,but be surethe radiator is coolbeforeyou do it. I I CAUTION - 4 Steamandscaldingliquids from ahotcoolingsystem can blow out and burn you badly.Theyareunderpressure,and if you turn the radiator pressure capeven a little-they can come out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, Including the radiator pressure cap, is hat. Wait for the cooling system and radiato pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap. 8 K2511 How to Add Coolant to the Radiator 1. You canremovetheradiatorpressurecapwhen the coolingsystem, including the radiator pressure cap and upper radiator hose is nolonger slowly to the left until it firststops.(Don't hot.Turnthepressurecap pressdownwhileturningthepressurecap.) If you hear a hiss,waitforthat pressureleft. to stop. A hissmeansthereis 5-1 3 still some PO244 2. Thenkeepturningthepressurecap,butnowpushdown Remove the pressure cap. as you turn it. L K2341 3. Filltheradiator with thepropermix,up 4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytankto to thebase of thefillerneck. COLD. 5. Put thecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleavetheradiator pressure cap off. 5-1 4 K2550 6. Starttheengine and let it rununtilyoucanfeeltheupperradiatorhose gettinghot.Watchoutfor the enginefan@). 7. By thistime,thecoolantlevelinsidetheradiatorfillerneckmaybe lower. If the level islower, add more of thepropermixthroughthefiller neckuntil the levelreachesthebase of the filler neck. 1 K2515 8. Thenreplacethepressure cap. Besure the arrows on thepressurecap line up like this. 5-1 5 Engine Fan Noise Thisvehiclehasaclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutchisengaged, thefanspinsfaster to providemoreairtocooltheengine.Inmosteveryday drivingconditionstheclutch is notengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomy and reducesfannoise.Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingand/orhigh So outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages. youmayhearanincreaseinfannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnot be mistaken as thetransmissionslipping or makingextrashifts.Itismerelythe will slow downwhenadditional coolingsystemfunctioningproperly.Thefan coolingisnotrequiredandtheclutchdisengages. Youmayalsohearthisfannoisewhenyoustarttheengine.Itwillgoaway asthefanclutchdisengages. If a Tire Goes Fiat It’s unusualforatireto“blowout”whileyou’redriving,especially if you to maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesout of a tire,it’smuchmorelikely leakoutslowly. But if youshouldeverhave a “blowout,”hereareafewtips about what to expectandwhattodo: If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel thatside.Takeyourfoot to astopwellout firmly.Steer to maintainlaneposition,thengentlybrake the traffic lane. of A rearblowout,particularlyonacurve,actsmuchlike a skidandmay requirethesamecorrectionyou’duse in a skid.Inanyrearblowout,remove yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering the wayyouwant the vehicle to go. It maybeverybumpyandnoisy,but you can still steer.Gentlybrake to a stop,well off theroadifpossible. If your tire goes flat, the nextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment to change a flattiresafely. Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goesflat,avoidfurther tire andwheeldamagebydrivingslowly levelplace.Turn on yourhazardwarningflashers. 5-1 6 to a - Changingatirecancauseaninjury.Thevehiclecanslip off thejack and rolloveryouorotherpeople. You andtheycouldbebadly injured.Findalevelplace to changeyourtire. To helppreventthe vehicle from moving: 1. Set theparkingbrakefirmly. 2. Puttheshiftleverin P (Park). 3. Shiftamanualtransmission to 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 4. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehicle,besurethetransfercase is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). 5. Turn off theengine. L To be evenmorecertainthevehiclewon'tmove,you can put chocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed. That would be the tire on the otherside of thevehicle,at the opposite end. I I L The following steps will tell youhow to use the jack and change a tire. 5-1 7 K2122 Firstopenthetirecover, if you haveone.Turnthe wing nut counterclockwise and take it,andtheadapter, off the bolt. Take the tireout of thevehicleand remove the tire cover. Jack and Tools . .- PO287 If yourwagon model has a jackcover, lift thetab up to release the cover, thentake it off. K2135 If yourutility model has a jack cover, turnthewingnutcounterclockwise take it off, then take the cover off. to .". . . K214 To take the jack out,turnthewingnutcounterclockwiseandtake it and the retainer off. Take the jack andstoragebox out and take the tools out of the box. of emergencyglovessecured to thejack. You Your vehiclemayhaveapair canusethemwhenchanging the tire, or duringotheremergencysituations. so youwillhavethemhandy if Remember to replacethemwiththejack, neededlater. 5-1 9 manging the Tire 1 K2519 Startwiththejack,thejackhandleandtheratchet. If the flat tire is rear of the vehicle, you'll need the jack handle extensions also. onthe K2535 Theratchethasan UP anda DOWN marking. 5-20 - 4 1 K2521 Attachthejackhandle(andjackhandleextensions, if needed)tothejack. you, rotatetheratchetclockwise. Withthe UP markingontheratchetfacing do thefollowing That will lift thejackhead a little.Beforeraisingthevehicle, things. Put your spare tire near the flat tire. Remove the wheel trim. 1 K2367 If there is a wheelcover,remove it by using the flat end of thesocket.Pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off. Be careful; the rim edgesmay be sharp.Don'ttry to remove it withyourbarehands. 5-21 K2369 If your vehicle has wheel nut caps, removethemusingtheratchetand DOWN facing you tounscrewandtakethem socket.Usetheratchetwith Thentakethehubcap off. If thewheelhas a trimring,remove it by usingtheflatend off. of thesocket. K2368 If the wheel has a smooth center piece or a center piece with recessed nuts, removeitusingtheflat end of thesocket.Placetheflatendofthesocket in the slot on thewheeland pry outgently. 5-22 PO205 Usingthesocketandratchet,withDOWNfacing nuts.Don’tremovethemyet. I you, loosenallthewheel JACK LOCATIONS/ALL MODELS K2120 CAUTION I A Gettingunder a vehiclewhen it isjacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed.Never when it is supported only by a jack. get under a vehicle 5-23 I I NOTICE - 'sing your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned will damage the dehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack. Be sure to fit the jack ift head into the proper location before raising your vehicle. Front Rear -r1 '1 PO288 Raisethevehiclebyrotatingtheratchetclockwise.Makesurethe UP markingfacesyou.Usethejackhandleextensionsiftheflattireisonthe off theground so thereis rear of thevehicle.Raisethevehiclefarenough to fit. enough room for the spare tire K2527 qemove all thewheelnuts and take off the flat tire. 1 K2529 5-25 1 CAUTION * I h Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time. The wheel could corne off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel, remove any rust or dirt fmm the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be sure to use a scraper ~r wire brush later, if you need to, to get all the rust or dirt off. ’ Removeanyrustor dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces or spare surface. wheel.Placethespareonthewheelmounting CAUTION Never use oil or greaseonstuds or nuts. If you do, the nutsmight comeloose.Yourwheelcould fall off, causing a seriousaccident. I K2127 Replace the wheel nuts with the rounded end ofthenutstowardthewheel. Tighteneachwheel nut by handuntilthewheelisheldagainstthehub. 5-26 Rear front Tightenthenutsfirmly in a criss-crosssequenceasshown.Rotatetheratchet clockwisewiththe UP markingfacing you. 5-27 I CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose andeven come off. This couldleadto an accident.Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts. If youhave to replacethem,be sure to get the right kind. Stopsomewhereas with awrench torque soon as youcanandhavethenutstightened to the promr toraue. For propertorque, see “WheelNutTorque”intheIndex. Putthewheeltrimbackon.Forvehicleswithplasticnutcaps,tightenthe capsuntiltheyarefingertight,thentightenthemanadditionalone-halfturn withtheratchet.Removeanywheelblocks. Storing a jack, a tire or otherequipmentinthepassenger In a suddenstop or compartment of thevehiclecouldcauseinjury. collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese in theproperplace. 5-28 I 1 (ALL MODELS) JACK STORAGE (UTILITY MODEL) NUT BOX K2121 5-29 Problems on the Road Storing the Jack and Tire Storhg the Jack Putthetoolsintothestorageboxandclose it tightly,Fitthestorage box into box. Besure thebracketwiththe bolt throughthebox.Putthejackontothe thejackpointsintherightdirectionasshownforyourmodel.Securethe emergencygloves, if your vehicle has them, to the jack using the provided strap. Slide the retainer over the bolt onto the jack and put the wing nut thenutclockwiseuntil it istightagainsttheretainer. on.Turn if yourvehiclehasone,bysimplyreversing Replace the jack storage cover, theremovalproceduredescribedearlier. Storing the Tire Be sure the J-bolt is hooked properly for your model or tire size asshown. ADAPTER I - BOLT J - BOLT n ,ADAPTER NOTE: Use lower hole for 8 lug rim only. L PO213 If youhave a wagonmodel,usetheselocations. 5-30 K2143 If youhave a utility model, use theselocations. Put thecoverbackonthetire if your vehicle has one. Put the tire into the vehicle, over the bolt. Slide the adapter onto the bolt in the proper location for your model, and put the wing nut on. Turn the wing nut clockwise until the adapter is tight against the wheel, then close the cover. If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow What you don’t want to do whenyourvehicle is stuck is to spin your wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelpyougetoutwhenyou’re stuck,butyoumustusecaution. I-, If youletyourtiresspinathighspeed,theycanexplodeandyouor others could be injured. And, the transmission or other parts of the vehiclecanoverheat.Thatcouldcauseanenginecompartmentfire orotherdamage.Whenyou’restuck,spinthewheelsaslittleas 35 mph (55 kmlh)asshown possible.Don’tspinthewheelsabove onthespeedometer. 5-31 I Pmb/ems on the Road Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the Rocking your vehicle to get it out: First, turn your steeringwheel left andright.That will clear the areaaround your frontwheels.Thenshift back andforthbetween R and a forward gear (or withamanualtransmission,betweenFirst or Secondgear and Reverse), spinning thewheels as little as possible.Releasetheaccelerator pedal while you shift, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. If that doesn’tgetyou out after a fewtries, you may need to be towed out. Or, youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks, if yourvehicle has them. If you do needto be towedout,see“TowingYourVehicle” in the Index. Using the Recovery Hooks m K2456 If youevergetstuck in sand,mud,ice or snow,yourvehiclemaybe equippedwithrecoveryhooks.Therecoveryhooksareprovidedatthefront of yourvehicle. You may need to usethem if you’restuckoff-roadandneed to be pulled tosomeplacewhereyou can continuedriving. 5-32 Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunder a lot of force.Always pull thevehiclestraightout.Never pull on thehooksatasideways off andyouorotherscouldbe i Irec' angle.Thehookscouldbreak from the chain or cablesnappingback. * J 7 b d K2457 I NOTICE I Neverusetherecovery hooks to tow thevehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not becovered by warranty. 5-33 I Service & Appearance Care . Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle . This section how to check beginswithserviceandfuelinformation.andthenitshows important fluid and lubricant levels . There is also technical information about your vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care . Service ................................................................................................................... 6-3 Fuel ........................................................................................................................ 6-4 Checking Things Under the Hood ....................................................................... 6-8 Hood Release ....................................................................................................6-8 Engine Oil .......................................................................................................... 6-9 6-16 Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................... Automatic Transmission Fluid ......................................................................... 6-17 Manual Transmission Fluid ............................................................................. 6-20 Hydraulic Clutch ............................................................................................... 6-21 6-23 Transfer Case .................................................................................................. Front Axle .........................................................................................................6-24 Rear Axle ......................................................................................................... 6-24 6-25 Engine Coolant ................................................................................................ Power Steering Fluid ....................................................................................... 6-29 6-31 Windshield Washer Fluid ................................................................................. 6-32 Brake Master Cylinder ..................................................................................... 6-1 Service & Appearance Care Replacing Brake System Parts ..........................................................................6-33 Other Maintenance Items ................................................................................... 6-34 Lubrication............................................................................................................ 6-35 Electrical System ................................................................................................. 6-37 6-37 Battery .............................................................................................................. Bulb Replacement............................................................................................ 6-37 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ............................................................................ 6-43 6-45 Exhaust System................................................................................................... .......................................................................................... 6-46 6-48 Tires...................................................................................................................... Loading Your Vehicle Inflation-Tire Pressure ................................................................................... Tire Inspection and Rotation When It’s Time for New Tires 6-49 .......................................................................... 6-52 ........................................................................ 6-53 Buying New Tires ............................................................................................ 6-53 6-54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading .......................................................................... Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................................................... 6-55 6-55 Wheel Replacement......................................................................................... 6-56 Tire Chains ....................................................................................................... Appearance Care ................................................................................................6-57 .............................................................6-58 Cleaning the Outside Of Your Vehicle ..........................................................6-61 Cleaning the Inside Of Your Vehicle Appearance Care Materials ................................................................................ 6-64 Vehicle Identification Number .............................................................................6-65 Service Parts Identification Label ...................................................................... 6-67 Specification Charts.............................................................................................6-68 6-2 Service Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyoutobe happywithit.Wehope you’ll go toyourdealerforallyourserviceneeds. You’llgetgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople. We hopeyou’ll want tokeepyour have one of these marks: GM vehicleall GM.GenuineGM parts Doing Your Own Service Work If youwant to dosomeofyourownservicework, you’ll want to get the properGeneralMotorsServiceManual.Ittellsyoumuchmoreabouthowto To ordertheproperservice serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan. manual,see“ServicePublications” in theIndex. You shouldkeep a recordwithallpartsreceiptsandlistthemileageandthe date of anyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord”inthe Index. CAUTION I A You can be injured if you try to do servicework L knowing enough about it. on a vehiclewithout Besureyouhavesufficientknowledge,experience,andthe proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task. 9 Be sure to use thepropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners. “English”and“metric”fastenerscan be easilyconfused. If you use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break or fall off. You could behurt. 6-3 If you try to do your own service work without knowing enough about it, your vehicle could be damaged. I Maintenance Schedule Section 7 ofthismanual,“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”,explainsthe it shouldbedone.Italso maintenanceyournewvehicleneeds,andwhen has a form thatyoucanuse to recordthemaintenanceworkdoneonyour vehicle.Besure to readthisinformation. Fuel I K228 Useregularunleadedgasolineratedat 87 octaneorhigher. It shouldmeet specifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S. andCGSB 3.5-92 inCanada.These so youshouldnothave to add fuelsshouldhavetheproperadditives, anything to thefuel. of In the US. andCanada, it’s easy to besureyougettherightkind gasoline(unleaded).You’llsee UNLEADED rightonthepump.Andonly unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck. 87. If theoctane is lessthan 87, you Besurethepostedoctaneisatleast mayget aheavyknockingnoisewhenyoudrive. If it’sbadenough, it can damageyourengine. 6-4 If you’reusingfuelrated at 87 octaneorhigherandyou still hearheavy knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry if youhear a little or drivingup a hill.That’snormaland pingingnoisewhenyou’reaccelerating a higheroctanefueltogetridofpinging.It’sthe youdon’thavetobuy a problem. heavy,constantknockthatmeansyouhave Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,suchas MTBE or alcohol? MTBE is“methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthatisnomorethan fine for your vehicle. Ethanol isethyl or grainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthatis 10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle. 15% MTBEis no morethan Methanol ismethylorwoodalcohol, NOTICE Fuel that is more than 5% methanol is bad for your vehicfe. Don’t use It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage plastic ’y. andrubber parts. That damagewouldn’t be coveredunderyourwarri And even at 5% or less, there must be “cosolvents” and corrosion eventers in this fuel to help avoid these problems. ‘A Gasolines for Cleaner Air Your useofgasolinewithdetergentadditiveswillhelppreventdepositsfrom forming in yourengineandfuelsystem.Thathelpskeepyourengineintune andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’sgoodforyourvehicle, andyou’llbedoingyourpartforcleanerair. Manygasolinesarenowblendedwithmaterialsthatcalledoxygenates. GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblending materials,suchasMTBEandethanol. By doing so, youcanhelpcleanthe air,especially in thoseparts of thecountrythathavehighercarbonmonoxide levels. In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated to reducevehicle gasolines.Thesegasolinesarespeciallydesigned emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline. in thoseparts of the By doing so, youcanhelpcleantheair,especially ozone levels. countrythathavehigh You shouldaskyourservicestationoperatorsiftheirgasolinescontain detergentsandoxygenates,and iftheyhavebeenreformulatedtoreduce vehicleemissions. 6-5 Service & Appearance Care Fuels in Foreign Countries If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe U S . or Canada, unleadedfuel maybe hard to find. Do not useleadedgasoline.Ifyouuse evenonetankfull,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwelloratall.With continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode, vehicle’sthree-waycatalytic andyourengine oil candeterioratequickly.Your All of thatmeanscostly converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged. repairsthatwouldn’t be coveredby your warranty. To checkonfuelavailability,ask an auto club, or contact a major oil company that doesbusinessinthecountrywhereyou’llbedriving. You can also write us at the followingaddressforadvice. Just telluswhere (VIN). you’re going andgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber GeneralMotors of Canada Ltd. InternationalExportSales Post Office Box 828 Oshawa,Ontario L1H 7N1, Canada Fi/ling Your Tank I PO444 The fuel cap is behind a hinged door on the left side of your vehicle. To take off thecap,turn it slowly to theleft(counterclockwise). 6-6 A Gasolinevaporishighlyflammable. It burns violently,andthatcan if you’reneargasoline or causeverybadinjuries.Don’tsmoke refuelingyourvehicle.Keepsparks,flames,andsmokingmaterials awayfromgasoline. I . c PO485 A I Ifyougetgasolineonyouandthensomethingignitesit,youcould if youopenthefuel be badlyburned.Gasolinecansprayoutonyou if yourtank is nearly fillercap too quickly.Thisspraycanhappen full,and is morelikely in hot weather.Openthe fuel fillercapslowly andwait for any “hiss”noise to stop. Then unscrew the cap all the way. When you putthecapback a clickingnoise. on, turn it to theright(clockwise)untilyouhear r I NOTICE 6-7 Service & Appearance Care Checking Things Under the Hood a& .. . . . ~ Hood Release To openthehood,first pull thehandleinsidethevehicle.Thengo to the front of thevehicleandpull up onthesecondaryhoodrelease.Liftthehood. .. . PO217 CAUTION A If your vehicle h-; air conditioning, the auxiliary fan under the hood is notrunninc ,can start upandinjure you evenwhentheengine *y,?*8gKeep & your hands, clothing and tools awav from anv underhoo you have one Wk%selectricfan, 6-8 ~AUTION - Thingsthat burn can get on hotenginepartsandstartafire.These includeliquidslikegasoline, oil, coolant,brakefluid,windshield washerandotherfluids,andplastic orrubber. You orothers could beburned. Be carefulnot to droporspillthingsthatwillburnontoa all thefillercapsareonproperly.Thenjust Beforeclosingthehood,besure pullthe hood downandcloseitfirmly. Engine Oil It's a good idea to checkyourengine oil everytimeyougetfuel. In order to oil mustbewarmandthevehiclemustbeon getanaccuratereading,the levelground. oil afewminutestogetback down intothe Turn off theengineandgivethe oil pan. If youdon't,theoildipstickmightnot show theactuallevel. 6-9 I K2613 To CheckEngineOil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean it withapapertowel it back in allthe way. Removeitagain,keepingthetip orcloth,thenpush lower. When to Add Oil: If theoilisat or belowthe ADD mark,thenyou’llneed to addsomeoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thispartexplainswhat kind of oil to use.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications” intheIndex. I Don’t add toomuchoil. If yourenginehas so muchoilthatthe oil level shows theproperoperatingrange,your getsabovetheuppermarkthat engine I 6-1 0 K2390 Just fill it enough to putthelevelsomewhere in theproperoperatingrange. Push thedipstickallthe waybackinwhen you’re through. 6-1 1 Service & Appearance Cam r K2543 What Kind of Oil to Use: Look forthreethings: SG SG mustbe on theoilcontainer,eitherbyitselforcombinedwithother quality designations,suchas W C C , SG/CD, SF, SG, CC,etc.These of quality. lettersshowAmericanPetroleumInstitute(API)levels I NOTICE f you use oils thatdon’thave the “SG” designa..-.., ,-J can cause mgine damage notcoveredby your warranty. 6-1 2 SAE 5W-30 Vehicleswith Light Duty Emissions (8500 GVWR or less). As shown in this chart, SA€ 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you canuse SAE 1OW-30 ifit's going to be 0°F (-18°C) orabove. 6-1 3 Service & Appearance Care SAE IOW-30 VehicleswithHeavyDutyEmissions (8501 G W R or more). As shown in this chart, SAE 1OW-30 isbest for yourvehicle.However, youcanuse SAE 5W-30 if it's going to becolderthan 60°F (16°C) before yournext oil change.Whenit'svery cold, below 0°F (-18"C), you shoulduse SAE 5W-30. 6-14 Thesenumbersonan oil container show itsviscosity,or thickness. as SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50. Do notuseotherviscosityoilssuch EnergyConserving II Oils withthesewordsonthecontainerwillhelpyousavefuel. Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)isusedonmostoilcontainerstohelp you select the correct oil, You shouldlookforthisonthe displaythelogo. oil container,anduse GM Goodwrench@ oil (in Canada,GMEngine for your vehicle. Engine Oil Addifives: Don'taddanythingtoyouroil. somethingshouldbeadded. only those oils that Oil) meetsalltherequirements YourGM dealer is readytoadvise if you think When to Change Engine Oil: See if any one of these is true for you; Mosttripsarelessthan 4 miles (6 km). It's below freezing outside andmosttripsare less than 10 miles (16 km). Theengineisat low speed most of thetime (as in door to door delivery,orinstop-and-go traffic), You tow a traileroften. Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces. Thevehicleisfrequentlyoperatedoff-road. If anyoneofthese is trueforyourvehicle,thenyouneedtochangeyour andfilter every 3,000 miles (5000 km)or 3 months-whichevercomesfirst. VehicleswithLightDutyEmissions oil (8500 GVWRor less). If noneofthem is true, change the oil every 7,500 miles (12 500 km)or 12 months-whichever comes first. Change the filter at the first oil change and at everyother oil change after that. VehicleswithHeavyDutyEmissions (8501 GVWR or more). If noneofthem is true,changethe oil every 6,000 miles (10 000 km) or 12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst oil change and at everyother oil changeafterthat if mileagedetermineswhenyouchangeyour 6-1 5 Service & Appearance Care oil. If timedetermineswhenyouchangeyouroil,changethefiltereachtime youchangeyouroil. Engine Block Heater: An engineblockheatercanbe a big help if youhave to parkoutside in very cold weather, 0°F (-18°C) or colder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see “EngineBlockHeater”intheIndex. What to Do with Used Oil: Usedengineoilcontainsthingsthathavecausedskincancer in laboratoryanimals.Don’tlet used oil stay on yourskinfor very long. Clean your skinandnailswith soap andwater, or a goodhand ::,, cleaner. Wash or properly throwawayclothing or ragscontaining-:’-:;$.. - J . _ . . ,-- . .usedengine oil. ..:.: ;,i,j -..: ,! :‘; . --. ,A:<< -, ~ . L . ’,: L ., f I j Usedoilcanbe a realthreat to theenvironment. If YOU changeyourown oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever dispose of oil by putting it in the trash,pouring it on the ground, intosewers, or intostreams or bodiesofwater.Instead,recycle it bytaking it to a place thatcollects used oil. If youhave a problemproperlydisposing of yourused oil, ask your dealer, a servicestation or a local recycling center for help. Air Cleaner c PO216 Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen to replacetheair cleanerfilterandcrankcaseventilationfilter.See“ScheduledMaintenance Services” in the Index. 6-1 6 I CAUTION I 10 Operatingtheenginewiththeaircleaner off cancauseyouorothers stops flame to beburned.Theaircleanernotonlycleanstheair,it y(-if theenginebackfires. If itisn’tthere,andtheenginebackfires, off, andbe cr-ful workingon couldbeburned.Don’tdrivewithit off. the engine with the air cleaner ~ I NOTICE If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get into yourengine,which will damageit.Alwayshavethe air cleaner in place when you’re driving. - Ib removetheaircleanerfilter on a gasengine, turn the wing nuts counterclockwise.Removethecoverandchangethefilter. Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change: A good time to checkyourautomatictransmissionfluidlevel is whenthe engine oil ischanged.Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine when to changeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”intheIndex. How to Check: Because thisoperation can be a little difficult,youmaychoosetohavethis doneat a GeneralMotorsdealership Sewice Department. If you do ityourself, be sure to follow alltheinstructionshere, get a falsereading on the dipstick. oryoucould I NOTICE I Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission. Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fail on hot engineparts, starting a fire. Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check-your transmission fluid. I Waitat least 30 minutesbeforecheckingthetransmissionfluid havebeendriving: Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove At highspeedforquite a while. In heavytraffic-especiallyinhotweather. Whilepulling a trailer. 6-1 7 90°F (32°C). level if you Service & Appearance Care To gettherightreading,thefluidmustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature, which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C). To check thetransmissionfluidhot: Getthevehiclewarmedupbydriving about 15 miles (24 km)when outsidetemperaturesareabove 50°F (10°C). If it'scolderthan 50°F (lO°C), drivethevehiclein 0 (3rdgear)untiltheengine temperaturegagemovesandthenremainssteadyfortenminutes.Then followthe hot checkprocedures. To checktransmissionfluid cold: A coldcheckismadeafterthevehicle off andisusedonly hasbeensittingforeighthoursormorewiththeengine five minutes if outside asareference.Lettheenginerunatidlefor temperatures are 50°F (IO'C) or more.If it's colderthan 50°F (1O'C), you mayhave to idletheenginelonger. A hotcheckmust follow whenfluidis added duringacoldcheck. To check the fluidhot or cold: Parkyourvehicleon a levelplace. Place theshiftleverin P (Park)withtheparkingbrakeapplied. Withyourfootonthebrakepedal,movetheshiftleverthrougheach in eachrange.Then, gearrange,pausingforaboutthreeseconds P (Park). positiontheshiftleverin Lettheenginerunatidlefor three minutes or more. Then, without shutting off the engine, follow 1. Flipthehandleupandthenpulloutthedipstickand cleanraaor these steps: wipe it witha DaDer towel. PO229 2. Push it back in all the way, waitthreeseconds again. 6-1 8 and then pull it backout PO053 3. Checkbothsides of thedipstick,andreadthelower COLD area for a coldcheckor level must be in the cross-hatched area for a hot check. level, The fluid in the HOT area or 4. If the fluid level is where it shouldbe,pushthedipstickbackin way; thenflipthehandle down tolockthedipstick all the in place. HOW To Add Fluid: RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind of transmission in theIndex. fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” If the fluid level is low, addonlyenough of theproperfluidtobringthe level uptothe COLD area for a cold checkorthe HOT area for a hot check. It doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthan a pint.Don’toverfill. We recommendyouuseonly fluid labeled DEXRON@IIE, becausefluidswiththat labelareespeciallymadeforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby fluid other than DEXRON@llE is not covered by your newvehiclewarranty. Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevel Check”. as describedunder “How To Whenthecorrect fluid levelisobtained,pushthedipstickback to lock thedipstick in place. way; thenflipthehandledown 6-1 9 in all the Service & Appearance Cam Manual Transmission Fluid When to Check: A good timetohaveitchecked is whentheengine oil ischanged.However, thefluid in yourmanualtransmissiondoesn’trequirechanging. How to Check: Becausethisoperationcanbe a littledifficult,you maychoosetohavethis doneatyourdealershipServiceDepartment. If you do it yourself,besure get a falsereading. 1 to follow all theinstructionshere,or you could I Y W I ILL Too muchor too little fluid can damage your transmission. Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts, starting afire.Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid, 1 I I Checkthe fluld level onlywhenyourengineis off, thevehicle is parked on a level place andthetransmissionis cool enough foryou to restyourfingers on the transmission case. Then, follow these steps: ~~~~ K24 1. Removethefillerplug. 2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel is up to the bottom of the filler plug hole. 3. Ifthe fluid levelis good, install the plug and besureitisfullyseated. the fluid level is low, addmore fluid as described in thenextsteps. 6-20 If How to Add Fluid: Here’show to addfluid.Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodetermine whatkind of fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the Index. 1. Removethefillerplug. 2. Addfluidatthefillerplughole.Addonlyenoughfluidtobringthefluid levelup to thebottom of thefillerplughole. 3. Installthefillerplug.Besurethatthefillerplugisfullyseated. Hydraulic Clutch I The hydraulic clutch in your vehicle is self-adjusting. A slightamountofplay (1/2 inch to aninch) in thepedalisnormal. 6-21 Service & Appearance Cave When to Check and What to Use: K2343 Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften you shouldcheck to add.See the fluid level in your clutchmastercylinderreservoirandwhat "OwnerChecksandServices"and"RecommendedFluidsandLubricants" in theIndex. Now to Check: I K2344 Theproper fluid shouldbeadded if theleveldoesnotreachthebottom of thediaphragmwhenit's in place in thereservoir.Seetheinstructionsonthe reservoir cap. 6-22 Hydraulic Clufch Grease Fittrhg A greasefitting is on theclutchhousing for lubricatingtheclutchfork ball stud.SeeyourMaintenanceScheduleforwhen to lubricatetheclutch housing.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndexforthe proper lubricant to use. Besure not to over-fill becauseyou could damageyourclutch. Four- Wheel Drive Mostlubricantchecksinthissection also apply to four-wheel-drivevehicles. However,theyhave two additionalsystemsthatneedlubrication. Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant: Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentocheckthe lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections”intheIndex. How to Check and Add Lubricant: I d Ti PO230 If thelevelisbelowthebottom of thefiller plug hole, you’ll need to add to thebottom of the somelubricant.Addenoughlubricanttoraisethelevel filler plug hole. What to Use: Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex. 6-23 of lubricant to Service & Appearance Care Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant: RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften to checkthe lubricantand when to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”in theIndex. How to Check Lubricant: PO231 If thelevel is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add (warm),add somelubricant. If thedifferentialisatoperatingtemperature to thebottom of the filler plug hole. enoughlubricanttoraisethelevel If thedifferential is cold,addenoughlubricant (12 mm)below thefillerplughole. to raisethelevel to 1/2 inch What to Use: Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkindof use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex. lubricant to Rear Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant: RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentocheckthe lubricantandwhen to changeit.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex. 6-24 How to Check Lubricant: PO592 If thelevel is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneedtoadd somelubricant. Add enoughlubricant to raisethelevel to thebottom of the filler plug hole. What to Use: RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind of lubricantto use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex. Engine Coolant I PO593 6-25 Service & Appearance Care Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemandhowtoaddcoolantwhen low. If youhave a problemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine Overheating” in theIndex. Thepropercoolantforyourvehicle will: Givefreezingprotectiondown Giveboilingprotectionup it is to -34°F (-37°C). to 258°F (125°C). Protectagainstrustandcorrosion. Helpkeeptheproperenginetemperature. Letthewarninglightsandgageswork as theyshould. What to Use: Use a mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled),andantifreezethatmeets parts. Also use “GMSpecification 6038-M,” whichwon’tdamagealuminum GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)with a completecoolantchange. If youusethese,youdon’tneed to addanythingelse. Addingonlyplainwater to yourcoolingsystemcan be dangerous. Plain water,orsomeotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe proper coolant mix will. Yourvehicle’scoolantwarningsystem is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean water and a proper antifreeze. I ji ,yo.w use an improper coolant mix, I your engine .coutd overheat andi badly damaged. The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.’ T P ~ much water in ;the mix can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, .heater wre-ad -.other parts. . . .. .. Someconditions,suchasairtrapped in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe coolantlevelintheradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengineis cold and follow the steps under “Adding Coolant” for the proper wayto add coolant. If you have to add coolant mdre than four times check your cooling system. 6-26 a year,haveyour dealer k NOTICE add extra inhibitors or idditives whichclaim to improvethesystem.Thesecanbeharmful f YOU usethepropercoolant,youdon’thaveto Adding Coolant L L ‘1 L PO206 To Check Coolant: Whenyourengineiscold, thecoolantlevelshould COLD, oralittlehigher.Whenyourengineiswarm,thelevelshouldbeup to HOT, or a littlehigher. To Add Coolant: If you needmorecoolant, coolant recovery tank. beat add theproper mix at the I CAUTION 4 I Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly. With thecoolant recovery tank,you will almostneverhave to add coolant attheradiator.Neverturn the radiator pressure cap-even a little-when engine the and radiator are hot. ~ Addcoolantmixat the recoverytank,butbecarefulnot to spillit. 1 CAUTION I - I ~~ I You can be burned if you spill coolant on hotengine parts. Coolant b contains ethylene glycol, and it will burn if the engine parts arehot enough. Don’t spill on coolant engine. a hot 6-27 I Service & Appearance Care Radiator Pressure Cap - I I K2515 1 NOTICE four radiatorpressurecap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)pressure-typecapand nust be tightly installed to preventcoolant loss andpossibleengine magefromoverheating.Besurethearrowsonthecaplineupwith werffow tube on the radiator filler neck. I m - recommended. Thermostat Enginecoolanttemperatureiscontrolled by a thermostatintheenginecoolant flow of coolantthroughtheradiatoruntilthe system.Thethermostatstopsthe coolantreaches a presettemperature. Whenyoureplace your thermostat,an AC@ thermostatisrecommended. 6-28 Power Steering Fluid K2630 How To Check Power Steering Fluid: Unscrew the capandwipethedipstickwitha clean rag.Replacethecap look atthefluid andcompletelytightenit.Thenremovethecapagainand level on thedipstick. K2693 beat the FULL When theenginecompartment mark. is hot, thelevelshould Whentheenginecompartment COLD mark. is cool,thelevelshouldbeatthe 6-29 FULL Service & Appearance Care i .. c K2694 What to Add: Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind See “RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex. of fluid to use. I NOTICE When adding power steering fluid or making a complete fluid change, to use the proper fluid can cause always use the proper fluid. Failure leaks and damage hoses and seals. 6-30 Windshield Washer Fluid To Add: Openthecaplabeled bottle is full. WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add washer fluiduntilthe 6-31 Service & Appearance Care Brake Master Cylinder Yourbrakemastercylinderishere. It is filled with DOT-3 brakefluid. P K2470 Thereareonlytworeasonswhythebrake fluid levelinyourmastercylinder might godown.Thefirst is thatthebrakefluidgoesdowntoanacceptable levelduringnormalbrakelining wear.Whennew liningsareputin, the fluid level goesbackup.Theotherreasonis thatfluid is leakingout of the brake system. If it is, youshouldhaveyourbrakesystemfixed,sincealeakmeans So, it that sooner or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t work at all. isn’tagood idea to “top o f f yourbrakefluid.Addingbrakefluidwon’tcorrect too aleak. If youaddfluidwhenyourliningsareworn,thenyou’llhave much fluid whenyougetnewbrakelinings.Youshouldadd(orremove) brakefluid,asnecessaryonlywhenwork is doneonthebrakehydraulic system. 4 . If you---havetoomuchbrakefluid, it canspillontheengine.Thefluid will b u r n h h e engineishotenough. You orotherscouldbeburned, andyourvehiclecouldbedamaged.Addbrakefluidonlywhenwork is done on the brake hydraulic system. Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine when to checkyourbrake fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenance” in theIndex, To Check Brake Fluid: Youcancheck thebrakefluidwithouttaking off thecap.Justlookatthe MIN windowsonthebrakefluidreservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabovethe mark. If theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemcheckedtosee if thereisaleak. 6-32 Afterworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare of eachwindow. above MIN andbelowthetop What To Add: Whenyoudoneedbrakefluid,useonlyDOT-3brakefluid-suchasDelco (GM Part No. 1052535).Usenewbrakefluidfromasealed Supreme11 container only. @ NOTICE DOT-5 siliconebrake fluid candamageyourvehicle.Don’tuse it. Don’t let someone put in thewrong kind of fluid. For example, just a fewdrops of mineral-based oil, suchasengineoil, in yourbrake so badlv that 1 fll have to -]stemcandamaaebrakesvstemparts bereplaced. Brake fluid candamagepaint, your vehicle. so becareful nor IO spit1Drake fluid on Hydro-Boost Brake System (Hydraulic Pump) ThepowersteeringpumpisalsousedastheHydro-boostpump.Referto “PowerSteeringSystem”inthissectionwhencheckingfluidlevel or addingfluid. Replacing Brake System Parts The braking systemon a modernvehicle is complex. Its many parts haveto beof top quality and workwelltogether if thevehicle is to have really good braking.Vehicleswedesign andtesthavetop-quality GM brakeparts in replace parts ofyour them,asyour vehicledoeswhen it isnew.Whenyou braking system-forexample,whenyourbrake linings weardown andyou GM have to havenewonesputin-besureyougetnewgenuine replacementparts.If you don’t,yourbrakesmay no longerworkproperly.For example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle,the balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.The brakingperformance you’ve come to expectcanchangeinmanyotherways if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts. 6-33 Service & Appearance Care Front Suspension and Steering Linkage Your maintenanceschedulewill tell youhow often tolubricatethefittings.See “RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndexfortheproperlubricantto use. Front Wheel Bearings Your vehiclehasfrontwheelbearingsthatmustbecleanedandrepacked. Your maintenanceschedulewill tell youhowoftenthismustbedone. Front Shock Absorbers The front shock absorbers of your vehicle do manythings.Theyhelpthe vehicleridesmoothlyandalsocontrolthetravel of thesuspensionsystem. Whentheshockabsorbersareserviced,anyreplacementshockabsorbers mustbethesameastheoriginalequipmentshockabsorbersinboth extendedlengthandstrength. Wheel Nut Torque Forvehicleswithdualwheels,whenthevehicle,wheelorfastenersarenew, havethetorqueset atthefirst 100, 1,000 and 6,000 miles (160, 1600 and 9600 km).UsethetorquespecifiedintheappropriateSpecificationChartlater inthissection. Single Belt Accessory Drive If yournewvehicleuses a serpentinebelt, it islighter,andmoredurable thansystemswithseveralbelts. A tensioner is used The belt runs over or around the pulleys on the engine. to keep the belt tight at all times. The tensioner also makes replacing the to replacethebelt,besuretogetthecorrect belteasier.Ifyouneed replacement belt. Your dealership or parts supplier can help you with this. TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabelonyourvehiclewillshowyouhowto route the belt your vehicle uses. 6-34 Windshield Wiper Blade lnserfs J PO232 To replacethewindshieldwiperbladeinsert, lift thewiperarmandrotatethe of theinsert bladeuntil it is facingawayfromthewindshield.Unlatchtheend from the holdingclips.Removetheinsertandslideanewone in place, Makesure the blade is secured in theclips. Air Conditioning Everynowand then haveyourdealershipcheckyourairconditioningsystem If you thinkthesystem is not to besure it has not lostanycoolingability, it out as soonas possible. workingproperly,haveyourdealershipcheck The air conditioning will not work when the temperature is below 40°F (4°C). Fluid Leak Check Afterthevehiclehasbeenparkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe vehiclefor water, oil, fuel or otherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair If you noticefuelleaks conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenusedisnormal. orfumes, the causes should befoundandcorrectedatonce. Lubrication Accelerator Control System Your maintenanceschedulewilltell you howoftentheacceleratorlinkage pivot pointsmustbelubricated.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” theIndexfor the properlubricant to use. Acceleratorcablesandcruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated.Any cables that arewornorarehard to pull should bereplaced. 6-35 in Service & Appearance Care Hood Laiches and Hood Hinge Yourmaintenanceschedule will tellyouhowoftentolubricatethehoodlatch andhoodhingeassembly.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the Index for the proper lubricant to use. Propeller Shaft Slip Splines Seeyourmaintenancescheduletofindouthowoftentheslipsplinesmust be lubricated, See“Recommended FluidsandLubricants”intheIndexforthe properlubricanttouse. Constant Velocity Joints See your maintenance schedule to find out how often the constant velocity joints mustbelubricated.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” Index for the proper lubricant to use. in the Body Normaluse ofyour vehiclewillcausemetaltometalwearatsomepointson thecabandbody if they are not lubricated. Forexposedsurfaces,suchasdoorchecks,doorlockbolts,lockstriker plates,dovetailbumperwedges,etc.,athinfilm ofengineoilshould applied. be Theseatadjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease, Doorweatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbelightlycoatedwitha rubber lubricant. Neverusetoomuch ofanylubricantandbesuretowipeupanyextra lubricant whenyou are finished. Yourmaintenanceschedulewill tellyouhowoftentolubricatetheseitems. See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex for the proper lubricant to use. Lock Cylinders To besure yourlocksoperateproperly,theymustbelubricated, Your vehicle’smaintenanceschedulewill tell youhow often to lubricatethem.See to “RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndexfortheproperlubricant use. You should not use penetrating oils because they could washoutthefactory installedlubricantandcausethelock to bind.De-icers which containalcohol could also washawaythelubricant, so besure to lubricatethelockafter using a de-icer of this type. 6-36 Tailgate Handle Thetailgatehandlepivotpointson it working smoothly. your vehicleshouldbelubricatedtokeep Your maintenanceschedulewill tell youhow often to lubricatethehandle. in theIndexfortheproper See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” lubricant to use. Efectricaf System Battery Everynew GM vehiclehas [email protected] addwater to one of these, Whenit’stimeforanewbattery,werecommend aDelcoFreedom@battery. Getonethathasthecatalognumbershownon theoriginalbattery’slabel. to Vehicle Storage off the If you’re not going - to drive your vehicle for 25 daysormore,take will helpkeepyourbattery black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.This fromrunningdown. CAUTION 1 , - on'^ Batterieshave acid thatcanburnyouandgasthatcanexplode. You ,canbebadlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting” in the Index for tips onworkingaround a batterywithoutgettinghurt. your dealertolearn how toprepareyourvehicleforlongerperiods. Bulb Rep/acement Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethatallthe engineisn’trunning. 6-37 lights are off andthe I Service & Appearance Care Sealed Beam Headlights P -. 1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer. out andremove theretainer. 3. Unplugand remove oldheadlight. 2. Pulltheheadlight 4. Plug inthenewheadlight and put it in place. 5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight. 6. Installthe screws. Halogen Bulbs I CAUTION Halogenbulbshavepressurizedgasinsideandcanburst or scratchthebulb. You or otherscouldbeinjured. of halogen bulbs. whenhandlinganddisposing if you drop Take special car€ I NOTICE Avoid touching the bulb or letting it come in contact with anything da.. . ~ Oil fromyourskinormoistureonthe bulb can cause the bulb to explode when it isturned on. If eithercomes in contact with the bulb. clean it v alcohol or suitabledeareaserand wiDe thebulb dry. 6-38 - Composite Headlights 1 PO2 1. Removethetwoscrews at thetop of theradiator support. 2. Pull thecompositeheadlightlens out. 3. Unplugtheelectricalconnector. 4. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseandremoveit. 5. Put the new bulbinand turn it clockwise until it istight. 6. Plug in the electricalconnector. 7. Puttheheadlightback into thevehicleand tighten thetwoscrews. 6-39 Service & Appearance Care Front Parkingflurn Signal Lights K2681 1. Removethescrewsandtakeouttheparkinglturnsignallightassembly, 2. Squeezethetabontheside counterclockwise. of thelightsocketwhileturningthesocket 3. Pulloutthesocket. 4. Push in gently on the bulb, turn it counterclockwiseandremove thesocket. 6-40 it from 5. Put the new bulb into thesocket,gently clockwise until it is tight. press in on the bulb and turn it 6. Putthesocketbackintothelightassemblyandturnitclockwise locks. until it 7. Put the parkinghurnsignallightassemblybackintothevehicleand tightenthescrews. Side Marker Bulb P 1 Removethescrewsand pull outtheparkinglturosignal light assembly. 2. Reachthroughtheopeningandturnthesidemarkerbulbsocket counterclockwiseandremoveit. 3. Pull the bulb straightout of the socket. 4. Putanewbulbintothesocketandpushitinuntil 5. Putthesocketbackintothesidemarkerassemblyandturn to tighten it. 6. Replacetheparkinglturnsignallightassemblyandtighten 6-41 it is tight. it clockwise the screws. Roof Marker Lights e 1. Removethescrewsand lift off the lens. 2. Pull the bulb straightout of thesocket 3. Putanew bulb into thesocket and push it in until it is tight. 4. Replacethelens and tightenthe screws. Rear Lights PO498 1 Open the tailgate or rear doors. I 6-42 2. Removethetwoblackplasticplugs holes. in therearlightassemblyaccess 3. Removethetworearlightassemblyscrewsinsidethefenderandpull You may wanttouseamagneticscrewdriver outthelightassembly. whenremovingthescrews. I PO499 4. Remove the screwsfromthebulbretainerandtakethebulbretainer of thelightassembly. off of thesocket and pushitinuntilitistight. 5. Pull the old bulbstraightout 6. Putinanewbulb 7. Replacethebulbretainer. 8. Replacetherearlightassemblyandtightenthescrews. touseamagneticscrewdriverwheninstallingthescrews. You maywant 9. Closethetailgateorreardoors. Fuses and Circuit Breakers Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicle are protectedfromshortcircuits by a combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinksinthewiring of firescaused by electricalproblems. itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance See“Fuses and CircuitBreakers” in theIndexformoreinformation. Headlights Theheadlightwiringisprotectedbyacircuitbreaker in thelightswitch. An to goonand off, or in somecasesto electricaloverloadwillcausethelights remain off. If thishappens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway. 6-43 Service & Appearance Care Windshield Wipers Thewindshieldwipermotor is protected by acircuitbreakerandafuse. If the motoroverheatsdue to heavysnow,etc.,thewiper will stop untilthe motorcools. If theoverload is caused by someelectricalproblemandnot it fixed, snow,etc.,besuretoget Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuitbreakersinthefusepanelprotectthepowerwindows and otherpower is tooheavy, thecircuitbreakeropens accessories.Whenthecurrentload and closes, protectingthecircuit until the problem is fixed or goesaway. Trailer Wiring Harness Theoptionalseven-wiretrailer wiring harnessisprotectedby an in-line fuse in thebatteryfeedwire.Thisfuse is nearthejunction block. See“Trailer WiringHarness” in theIndexformoreinformation. Fuse Block , .. . i m -+ lW - = ..... .. . . . K2644 Thefuseblock is in theinstrumentpanelonthedriver’sside. You canremovefuses with afuseextractor, if youhaveone. To remove fuses if youdon’thaveone, hold the end of thefusebetweenyourthumb andindexfingerandpullstraightout. on the road and Besure to use the correct fuse. If youeverhaveaproblem don’thaveasparefuse,youcan“borrow”one of thecorrectvalue.Justpick some feature ofyourvehiclethatyoucangetalongwithout-liketheradioor it cigarette lighter-and use its fuse, if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace in theIndexformore as soon as youcan.See“FusesandCircuitBreakers” information. 644 Exhaust System To helppreventdamage to yourexhaustsystem,donotcontinue yourvehicle if younotice: Enginemisfiring to drive Loss of performance Otherunusualoperatingconditions Haveyourengineandexhaustsystemservicedregularly. Three-Way Catalytic Converter Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic converter is designed to reduce the pollutants in yourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuelinyourvehicle.If youuseleadedfuel,youcoulddamageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter, and other engine components. Computer Command Control System Thissystemhasanoxygen (OS) sensorthathelpskeepyourengine’s air-fuelmixtureataproperlevel.Useonlyunleaded fuel in yourvehicle. If youuseleadedfuel,youcoulddamageyouroxygen (OS) sensorand three-way catalytic converter. TheMalfunctionIndicatorLamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON) onyour instrumentpanelletsyouknowwhenyouremissioncontrolsystemneeds service.Thelightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourenginetoletyou know that the system is working. If it doesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour engine,or if it comesonandstaysonwhileyou’redrivingyoursystemmay needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhave your systemservicedright away. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Youmay havethissystem.Itletsyouknow if yourenginecontrolmodule, If theMalfunctionIndicator Lamp wiringharnessorsolenoidneedservice. (Service Englne Soon) comeson,youneedservice. 645 Loading Your Vehicle 4-L MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP . ...-... ,..,FFECT 1 , C R O W N ABOVE. I -EL XISPEED TIRE SIZE RIM PSVKPA (COLD) SPA SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION K2134 TheCertificationflirelabel isfoundontherearedgeofthedriver'sdoor.The labelshowsthesizeofyouroriginaltiresandtheinflationpressuresneeded toobtainthegrossweightcapacity ofyourvehicle.ThisiscalledtheGVWR (GrossVehicleWeightRating).TheGVWRincludestheweightofthevehicle, alloccupants,fuelandcargo. TheCertificationnirelabelalsotellsyouthe maximumweightsforthefront andrearaxles,calledGrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR). To findoutthe actualloadsonyourfrontandrearaxles,youneedtogotoaweighstation andweighyourvehicle. Your dealercanhelpyouwiththis.Besureto spreadoutyourloadequallyonbothsidesofthecenterline. NeverexceedtheGVWR for yourvehicle,ortheGrossAxleWeightRating (GAWR)foreitherthefrontorrearaxle. it out. And, if you do haveaheavyload,youshouldspread A Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximumfrontandrearGAWRs.Ifyoudo,partsonyourvehicle canbreak,or it canchangethewayyourvehiclehandles.These couldcauseyou to losecontrol. Also, overloadingcanshortenthe life of your vehicle. Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to getaddeddurabilitymight not change your weight ratings. Ask yourdealertohelpyouloadyourvehiclethe right way. 6-46 I Your warranty does not r-rer parts or co ronents that fail because ~~ - Ifyouputthingsinside yourvehicle-like suitmes, LWWIY, pac;Kages, or anythingelse-theywillgoasfastasthevehiclegoes. If youhavetostop or turnquickly, or if thereis a crash,they’llkeepgoing. Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure stop or turn, or in a crash. people in a , sudden I I 9 Putthings in the cargo area of yourvehicle. Try to spreadthe weight evenly. Never stack heavierthings,likesuitcases,inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats. Whenyoucarrysomethinginsidethevehicle,secure whenever you can. I Don’t have a seat folded down unless need you it I to. Trailering Package GROSSCOMBINATIONWEIGHTRATING (GCWR) PO340 IfyourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereisalso a load rating whichincludestheweight of thevehicle and thetrailer it tows.Thisratingis calledthe Gross CombinationWeightRating (GCWR). 6-47 Service & Appearance Care Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besure to includetheweight of everything you putin it. And,remembertofiguretheweight of thepeopleinsideaspart of your load. Your dealer can help you determine your GCWR. Add-on Equipment Whenyoucarryremovableitems,likesnowplowblades,youmayneed put a limit on how manypeopleyoucarryinsideyourvehicle.Besure weighyourvehiclebefore you buyandinstallthenewequipment. to to NOTICE 1 rims Wedon’tmake tires. Yournew vehiclecomeswithhighqualitytiresmadeby a leading tire manufacturer.Thesetiresarewarranted by the tire If manufacturersandtheirwarrantiesaredeliveredwitheverynewvehicle. your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, you will have a tire warrantyfolderfromeachofthesemanufacturers. 6-40 Poorlymaintainedandimproperlyusedtiresaredangerous. Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too muchfriction. You could have anair-outandaseriousaccident. See“Loading YourVehicle” in theIndex. Underinflatedtires pose the samedangerasoverloadedtires. The resulting accident could cause serious injury.Checkalltires frequentlytomaintain the recommendedpressure.Tirepressure should be checked when your tires are cold, 0 0 Overinflatedtiresaremorelikelytobecut,punctured, orbroken by sudden impact,suchaswhenyou hit apothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure. Worn, old tires can causeaccidents, If your tread isbadlyworn, or if your tires have been damaged,replacethem. Even if it’slegal,don’t have 16 inchtires. drive over 85 mph (135 kmh) if you See“SpecialTireInflation” in this section for more information on 65 mph (105 kmh). loading and inflationpressuresatspeedsabove Inflation-Tire Pressure TheCertification/Tirelabelwhich is ontherearedge of thedriver’sdoor,or ontheincompletevehicledocument in thecab, shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires, when they’re cold. “Cold” means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours ordrivennomorethanamile. Youcan operatesomevehiclesatreducedinflationpressuresonlywhen you’ll becarryingreducedloads.Onthosevehicles,theminimumcoldinflation pressuresforatypicalreduced load are printed on the“ImprovedRideTire Pressure”labellocatedonthedriver’sdoor.Weighthevehicle to findthe load on eachtire and seethelabelfortheminimumcoldinflationpressures for that load. 6-49 Don’t let anyone tell youthatunderinflation or overinflation is all right. It’you can get 9 . If your tires don’t have enough air (underinflation) Too much flexing Too muchheat tire overloading Bad wear Bad handling Bad fuel economy. I If your tires have too much air (overinflation), you can get: Unusualwear Bad handling Roughride Needlessdamagefromroadhazards. nth or more. Also, checkthe tire pressure of thesparetire. How to Check: Use a goodqualitypocket-typegage to check tire pressure. Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especiallyifyou if they’re haveradialtires-whichmaylookproperlyinflatedeven underinflated. If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besuretoputthembackon.Theyhelp preventleaks by keepingoutdirtandmoisture. Special Tire Inflation If youhave 16 inchtires onyourvehicle,and: - You’ll bedrivingforverylongatspeeds of 66mph(105km/h)to75 10 psi(70kPa)morethan mph (120 km/h)wherelegal,inflatetires therecommended cold inflationpressure, - You’llbedrivingfor very longatspeedsof76mph (120 kmih)to 85 mph (135 km/h)wherelegal,coldinflationpressureshouldbe increased by 10 psi (70 kPa)andyoumustalsoreduceaxleload capacityby 10%. Do notdriveover 85 mph (135 kmlh) even if it’s legal. - Inflationpressuresshouldneverexceed 10 psi (70 kPa) abovethe load of the tire. inflationspecifiedforthemaximum 6-50 K2474 6-51 Service & Appearance Care Tire lnspecfion and Rotation To makeyourtires last longer,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe mileagesrecommended in theMaintenanceSchedule.See“Scheduled MaintenanceServices”intheIndex. FRT FRT L I I K2655 Use this rotationpattern, If your vehicle has front tires with different load ratings or tread designs (such as all seasonvs.on/offroad)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront torear, Afterthetireshavebeenrotated,adjustthefrontandrearinflationpressure asshownontheCertificationRirelabel.Makecertainthatallwheelnutsare properlytightened. See “WheelNutTorque” in theIndex. 1 CAUTION I I Rustordirt on a wheel,or on thepartstowhich it is fastened,can makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafter a time.Thewheelcould a wheel,remove come off andcauseanaccident.Whenyouchange to the vehicle. any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches do this;but In anemergency,youcanuse a clothorpapertowelto be suretouse a scraperorwirebrushlater, if youneedto, to get all the rust or dirt off. (See ‘Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index.) I &52 When It’s Time for New Tires TREAD WEAR INDICATORS K1656 Oneway to tell when it’s timefornewtires is to checkthetreadwear 2/32 inch (1,6 mm)or indicators,whichwillappearwhenyourtireshaveonly lessoftreadremaining. You needa new tireif: You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthe tire. You canseecordorfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber. The tread or sidewalliscracked,cut cord or fabric. orsnaggeddeepenough to show or split. The tire hasapuncture,cut, orotherdamagethatcan’tberepairedwell because of the size or location of the damage, The tire hasabump,bulge Buying New Tires To find out what kind and size of tiresyouneed, look at the Certificationnire label.ThetiresinstalledonyourvehiclewhenitwasnewhadaTire PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)numberoneachtire’ssidewall. Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That way,yourvehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give proper endurance,handling,speedrating,traction,rideandotherthingsduring normal service on yourvehicle. If your tires haveanall-seasontreaddesign, theTPCnumber will be followed by a “MS” (formudandsnow). 6-53 Service & Appearance Care Ifyoueverreplaceyourtireswiththosenothavinga TPC Specnumber, makesuretheyarethesamesize,loadrange,speedratingandconstruction type(bias,bias-beltedorradial) as your originaltires. I CAUTION A I Mixingtires could causeyoutolosecontrolwhiledriving. If youmix tires of different sizes ortypes(radialandbias-beltedtires)the vehicle may nothandleproperly,andyoucouldhaveacrash.Be sure to use thesamesizeandtypetiresonallwheels. Uniform Tire Quarity Grading Thefollowinginformationrelates to thesystemdevelopedbytheUnited StatesNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministrationwhichgradestires by treadwear,tractionandtemperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonly to vehicles sold in theUnitedStates.) Treadwear Thetreadweargradeisacomparativeratingbasedonthewearrateofthe tire when testedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedgovernment test 150 wouldwearoneandahalf (1 1/2) course. For example,atiregraded times as wellonthegovernmentcourseasatiregraded 100. The relative of their use, performance of tiresdependsupontheactualconditions in however,andmaydepartsignificantlyfromthenormduetovariations drivinghabits,servicepracticesanddifferences in roadcharacteristicsand climate. Traction-A, B, C Thetractiongrades,fromhighest to lowesrare:A, 8, and C. Theyrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionsonspecifiedgovernmenttestsurfaces ofasphaltandconcrete.A C may have poor traction performance. tiremarked Warning:The tractiongradeassignedto this tire is basedonbraking (straight-ahead)tractiontestsanddoesnotincludecornering(turning)traction. Temperature-A, B, C Thetemperaturegrades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representingthetire’s resistance to the generation of heatand its ability to dissipate heat when testedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedindoorlaboratorytestwheel. of the tire to degenerate Sustained high temperaturecancausethematerial andreducetirelife,andexcessivetemperaturecan lead to suddentire failure.Thegrade C correspondstoalevel ofperformancewhich all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety 6-54 Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels thelaboratory test wheelthantheminimumrequiredbylaw. of performanceon Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistire is established for a tire that is properlyinflatedandnotoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation, or excessiveloading,eitherseparatelyor in combination,cancauseheatbuildup andpossibletirefailure. Thosegradesaremoldedonthesidewalls of passengercartires. WhilethetiresavailableasstandardoroptionalequipmentonGeneralMotors vehiclesmayvarywithrespect to thesegrades, all suchtiresmeetGeneral Motorsperformancestandardsandhavebeenapprovedforuse on General Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric)tiresmustconformtoFederal safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades. Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefullyatthe factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. to haveyourwheelsalignedagain. In most cases,youwillnotneed or yourvehiclepullingonewayor However, if younoticeunusualtirewear theother,thealignmentmayneed to bereset. If younoticeyourvehicle vibratingwhendrivingon a smoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed to be rebalanced. Wheel Replacement Replaceanywheelthatisbent,crackedorbadlyrusted. If wheelnutskeep If comingloose,thewheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsshouldbereplaced. thewheelleaksairout,replaceit(exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan be repaired). See your GM truckdealer if any of these conditions exist. Your dealerwillknowwhatkind of wheelyouneed. Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesameloadcarryingcapacity,diameter, width,offset,andbemountedthesame wayastheone it replaces. If youneedtoreplaceany of yourwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnuts, replacethemonlywith new GM originalequipmentparts.This way,youwill for your besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnuts vehicle. 6-55 ICAUTION A I Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheelbolts or wheelnutson I t couldaffectthebrakingand yourvehiclecanbedangerous. handling of yourvehicle,makeyourtiresloseairandmakeyoulose control. You couldhaveancollisioninwhichyouorotherscouldbe bolts, andwheelnuts injured.Alwaysusethecorrectwheel,wheel for replacement. The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometerlodometer calibration, headlight aim, bumperheight,vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. I I I A I Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous. You can't know how it's been used or how many miles it's been driven. It could fail suddenly and cause an accident. If you have to replace a wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel, Tire Chains rNOTICE 'If p u t vehicle has LT265/75R16 size tires, don't use tire chams; they c a n ! i damage your vehicle. 6-56 I Cleaning products can be hazardous.Someare'toxic.Otherscan of urst into flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part the vehicle.Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closedspace.Whenyouuseanything in a container to cleanyour vehicle,besure to followtheinstructions.Andalwaysopenyour doors or windowswhenyou'recleaningtheinside. Never use these to clean your vehicle: 0 Gasoline 0 Benzene 0 Naphtha 0 CarbonTetrachloride Acetone PaintThinner 0 Turpentine 0 LacquerThinner * NailPolishRemover They can all be hazardous-somemorethan all damageyourvehicle, too. others-and they can I NOTICE I I 6-57 Service & Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehjcle Useavacuumcleaneroftentogetridofdustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith aclean,dampcloth. two GMcleaners-asolvent-typespotlifterand YourGMdealerhas powderedcleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsverywell. a foam-type Herearesomecleaningtips: Alwaysreadtheinstructionsonthecleanerlabel. Cleanupstainsassoonasyoucan-beforetheyset. Useacleancloth or sponge,andchange to acleanareaoften. if stainsarestubborn. brushmaybeused Usesolvent-typecleanersinawellventilatedareaonly. don’tsaturatethestainedarea. A soft If youusethem, If aringformsafterspotcleaning,cleantheentireareaimmediately willset. or it Using Foam-Type CIeaner on Fabric Vacuumandbrushthearea Alwayscleanawholetrimpanel stitchorweltlines. to removeanyloosedirt. or section.Masksurroundingtrimalong MixMulti-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe container label. Usesudsonlyandapplywithacleansponge. Don’tsaturatethematerial. Don’trub it roughly. Assoonasyou’vecleanedthesection,useasponge to removethe suds. Rinsethesectionwithaclean,wetsponge. Wipe off what’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowel Then dry itimmediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryer or cloth. or aheatlamp. I NOTICE Be carefulwith a hairdryer or heatlamp.You Wipewithacleancloth. 6-58 could scorchthefabric Using Solvent-Type CIeaner on Fabric First, see if youhave to use solvent-type cleaner at all. stains will clean off better with just water and mild soap. Somespotsand If youneed to use it, then: Gentlyscrapeexcess soil fromthetrimmaterialwithaclean,dullknife orscraper.Usevery little cleaner,lightpressureandcleancloths (preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center.Keep changing to acleansection of the cloth. Whenyouclean a stainfromfabric,immediatelydrytheareawithanair hose, hair dryer,or heatlamp to helpprevent a cleaningring.(See previousNOTICE.) Fabric Profection Your vehiclehasupholsterythathasbeentreatedwithScotchgardTMFabric Protector,a 3M product.ScotchgardTMprotectsfabrics by repellingoiland water,which are the carriers of moststains.Evenwiththisprotection,you still need to cleanyourupholsteryoften to keep it looking new. Furtherinformationoncleaningisavailablebycalling Minnesota, 1-800-642-61 67). 1-800-433-3296(in Special Cleaning Problems Greasy or Oily Stains: Likegrease,oil,butter,margarine,shoepolish,coffee withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon, tar and aspha1t . Carefullyscrape off excessstain. Thenfollowthesolvent-typeinstructionsabove. Shoepolish, wax crayon,tarandasphaltwillstain if leftonavehicle seatfabric.Theyshouldberemovedassoonaspossible.Becareful, to bleed. becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemandmaycausethem Non-GreasyStains: Likecatsup,coffee(black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk, soft drinks,wine,vomit,urineandblood. Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thenspongetheplacewith cool water. Ifastainremains,followthefoam-typeinstructionsabove. Ifanodorlingersaftercleaningvomit or urine,treattheareawitha watedbakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of bakingsoda to 1 cup (250 ml)oflukewarmwater. Finally, if needed,cleanlightlywithsolvent-typecleaner. 6-59 Service & Appearance Care CombinationStains: Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,chilisauceand unknownstains, Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain,thencleanwithcoolwaterandallowto dry. If astainremains,clean it withsolvent-typecleaner. Cleaning Vinyl or Leather Justusewarmwaterandacleancloth. Rubwith a clean,dampclothtoremovedirt. morethanonce. You mayhavetodo it Thingslike tar,asphaltandshoepolish will stain if youdon’tgetthem off quickly.Useacleanclothandsolvent-typevinylheathercleaner. Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel Useonlymildsoapandwatertocleanthetopsurfacesoftheinstrument panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin it difficult to seethroughthewindshieldunder thewindshieldandevenmake certainconditions. Care of Safety Belts Keepbeltscleananddry. I Do notbleachordye safety belts. If youdo, it may severely weaken them. In acrashthey might not be able to provide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Glass Glassshouldbecleanedoften.GMGlassCleaner (GMPart No. 1050427) or a liquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust films. Don’tuseabrasivecleaners on glass,becausetheymaycausescratches. Avoidplacingdecalsontheinsiderearwindow,sincetheymayhavetobe scraped off later. If abrasivecleanersareusedontheinsideoftherear window,anelectricdefoggerelementmay be damaged.Anytemporary iicenseshouldnotbeattachedacrossthedefoggergrid. 6-60 Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield and Wiper Blades If thewindshield isnotclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or if thewiper bladechatters whenrunning,waxorothermaterialmaybeonthebladeor windshield, GM WindshieldCleaner,Bon-AmiPowder@ Cleantheoutsidewindshieldwith (GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean if beadsdonotformwhen yourinseitwithwater. Cleanthebladebywipingvigorouslywithaclothsoaked washersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater. in fullstrength Wiperbladesshouldbecheckedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn. Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovidesbeauty,depth retentionanddurability. of color,gloss Washing Your Vehicle Thebest way to preserveyourvehicle’sfinishistokeep it often withlukewarmorcoldwater. it clean by washing of the sun, Don’tusestrongsoaps Don’twashyourvehicleinthedirectrays orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhand, dish or carwashing(non-detergent) or abrasives. All cleaning soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacid agentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowedtodryonthesurface,or they could stain.Drythefinishwithasoft,cleanchamois or a 100% cotton towel to avoidsurfacescratchesand water spotting. High pressure vehicle washes maycausewater to enteryourvehicle. Finish Care Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing of yourvehiclemay be necessary to removeresiduefromthepaintfinish. You canget GM approvedcleaning productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials” in the Index.) Your vehiclehasa“basecoatlclearcoat”paintfinish. depthand gloss to thecoloredbasecoat. The clearcoatgivesmore Machinecompounding or aggressive polishingon abasecoatlctearcoat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. 6-61 f I Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Brightmetalpartsshouldbecleanedregularlytokeeptheirluster.Washing GM Chrome withwateris all that is usuallyneeded.However,youmayuse if necessary. Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim, To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim. to cleanaluminum. A use auto or chrome polish, steam or caustic soap coating ofwax,rubbed to ahighpolish,isrecommendedforallbrightmetal parts. Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped) Youraluminumwheelshave a protective coating similar to the painted surface of yourvehicle.Don’tusestrongsoaps,chemicals,chromepolish,orother abrasivecleanersonthembecauseyoucoulddamagethiscoating.After rinsing thoroughly, a wax may be apptied. NOTICE 1 f you have aluminum wheels, don’t use an automatic vehicle wash that off the ?as hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes. These brushes can take xotective coating. White Sidewall Tires Your GeneralMotorsdealerhasa it. useastiffbrushwith GM WhiteSidewallTireCleaner. Youcan Weatherstrips Theseareplaceswhereglassormetalmeetsrubber.Siliconegreasethere will makethem lastlonger,sealbetter,andnotstickorsqueak.Applysilicone greasewithacleanclothatleasteve@sixmonths. Sheet Metal Damage If yourvehicle is damagedandrequiressheetmetalrepair makesurethebodyrepairshopappliesanti-corrosionmaterial repairedorreplaced to restorecorrosionprotection. or replacement, to the parts Foreign Material Calciumchlorideandothersalts,icemeltingagents,roadoilandtar,tree sap, bird droppings,chemicalsfromindustrialchimneys,and0the.rforeign if they remain on painted surfaces. matter can damage your vehicle’s finish Use cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces for these stains. Finish Damage Anystonechips,fracturesordeepscratches in the finish should be repaired rightaway.Baremetal willcorrodequicktyandmaydevelopintoamajor repair expense. 6-62 Minorchipsandscratchescanberepairedwithtouch-upmaterialsavailable fromyourdealerorotherserviceoutlets.Largerareasoffinishdamagecan becorrectedinyourdealer’sbodyandpaintshop. Underbody Maintenance Chemicalsusedfor ice andsnowremovalanddustcontrolcancollectonthe underbody. If these arenotremoved,acceleratedcorrosion(rust)canoccur ontheunderbodypartssuch as fuellines,frame,floorpan,andexhaust systemeventhoughtheyhavecorrosionprotection. At leasteveryspring,flushthesematerialsfromtheunderbodywith water.Cleananyareaswheremudandotherdebriscancollect.Dirtpacked inclosedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed. dealer oranunderbodywashingsystemcandothisforyou. plain Chemical Paint Spotting Someweatherandatmosphericconditionscancreate a chemicalfallout. Airbornepollutantsfalluponandattackpaintedsurfacesonyourvehicle.This damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations,andsmall irregulardarkspotsetchedintothepaintsurface. Althoughnodefect in thepaint job causesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at no chargetotheowner,thesurfacesofnewvehiclesdamagedbythisfallout conditionwithin 12 monthsor 12,000 miles (20 000 km)ofpurchase, whichever comes first. 6-63 Your Service & Appearance Care Appearance Care Materials PART I I I NUMBER 1050172 SIZE DESCRIPTION USAGE 16 02. Tar andRoadRemoves old waxes, polishes,tar (0.473L) Oil Remover and road oil 1050173 16 oz. ChromeCleanerRemovesrustandcorrosionon (0.473L) and Polish chrome and stainless steel I050174 16 02. WhiteSidewallCleanswhiteandblacktires (0.473L) Tire Cleaner 1050214 32 oz. VinvVLeather Spot and stain removal on leather or vinyl (0.946L) Cleaner 1050244 16 02. FabricCleanerSpotandstainremovaloncloth andfabric (0.473L) I050427 23 02. GlassCleanerGlasscleaninaandsDot " cleaning (0.680L) on vinyls 1050429 Ibs. 6Multi-PurDose Cleans vinvl and cloth on door trim, (2.72 kg)Powder cleaner seats,and'carpet-also tires and mats 8 02. Vinyl Top Cleaning of vinyl tops 1050729 (0.237L) Cleaner 16 02. Preservatone 1051055 Vinyltopdressing (0.473L) 8 02. Spot Lifter Spotandstainremovaloncloth IO51398 (0.237L) and fabric Exterior wash 1052870 16 02. Wash-Wax (0.473L) (conc.) 1050201 16 02. Magic Mirror Exterior cleaner and I (0.473L) I Cleaner-Polish 1 polish I TO077 6-64 Vehicle ldentification Number (\mI) tKO641 This is thelegalidentifierfor yourvehicle. It appearsonaplate in thefront on the driver's side. You can see it if you cornerof theinstrumentpanel, look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle.The VIN alsoappears of ontheVehicleCertificationandServicePartslabelsandthecertificates titleandregistration. Engine Identification Theeighthcharacter in yourVIN is theenginecodeforyour GM engine. you identify your engine,specifications,andreplacement Thiscodewillhelp parts in thissection. 6-65 Service & Appearance Cam I Q, v) 0 a 1 I L pe: w m I 3 z e Qo w L 1 It C 9 IZ OtJ POI 72 6-66 Service Parts IdenM f lcation Label - WHEELBASE I MODELMSIGNATION VEH!CLE IDENTfFlCATlOb t NUMBER 6BJ 621. 62U 670 671 679 763 BHJ 9HJ OPTIONCONTENT I PAINT TECHNOLOGY ORDER NUMBER EXTERIORCOLORS - K2680 You’ll find thislabelontheinside of theglove box. It’s veryhelpful if you ever need to orderparts. On thislabel is: YourVIN. Its modeldesignation. Paintinformation. A list of all productionoptionsandspecialequipment. Be surethatthislabelisnotremovedfromthevehicle. Add-on Electrical Equipment Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first. Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Some of it can just keep ther things from working as they should. 6-67 Service & Appearance Care Specification Charts Replacement Parts Replacementpartnumberslisted in thissectionarebasedonthelatest of printing,andaresubject to change. If a informationavailableatthetime partlisted in thismanual is notthesameasthepartusedinyourvehicle GM truck when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyour dealer. Engine identification Liter VIN Fuel Produced Displacement Engine System Code Type BY K TB I U.S., Can. 5.7 V8 N TBI 7.4 V8 us. *LightDutyEmissionswith8500 GVWR andbelowor: HeavyDutyEmissionswith8501 GVWRand above. Emissions * * TO291 Wheel Nut Torque DESCRIPTION MODEL C 1500 K 1500, C-K 2500 C-K 2500 5(14mm) 120 bolts 6 bolts (14mm) 8 bolts(14mm) I ft. Ibs. (160 Nmm) 120 ft. Ibs. (160 N-m) 120 ft. Ibs. (160 Nem) TO2951 Cooling System Capacity VIN QUANTITY* Without CODE ENGINE NC AIC With 18 Quarts (1 7 Liters) 5.7L K 17.5 Quarts(16.5Liters) 25Quarts(23.5Liters) 7.4N 23 Quarts (22 Liters) *All quantitiesareapproximate. MUST becheckedasoutlinedunder“EngineCooling *Afterrefill,thelevel System”inSection 5. TO292 6-68 Crankcase Capacify QUANTITY* ilter With Without Filter CODE ENGINE VIN 5.7L K 4Quarts(3.8Liters) 7.4L 6Quarts(5.7Liters) *All quantitiesareapproximate. *Afterrefill,thelevelMUSTbecheckedasoutlinedunder“EngineOil 5. AndFilterRecommendations”inSection 5 Quarts(4.8Liters) 7Quarts(6.6Liters) TO296 Air Condifioning Refrigeranf Capacify TYPE* Refrigerant R-12 Front QUANTITY AJC 3.0(1.360 Ibs. kg) FrontandRear AJC 4.25Ibs.(1.927kg) *Notallairconditioningrefrigerantsarethesame. If theairconditioning systeminyourvehicleneedsrefrigerant,besuretheproperrefrigerantis used. you’reIfdealer. GM your ask sure, not TO302 Fuel Tank Capacify I 1 - Gallons Model-Standard 30Utility 159Gallons Model-Standard Wagon 42 Allquantitiesareforacompletelydrytankandareapproximate. TO2971 Service Replacemenf Part and Filfer Recommendations Oil 1 i Air PCV Spark** Filter Cleaner Valve Plugs PF5 1 AI 7acwcv7agc .CR43TS PF35t A348C cv774c .CR43TS 5.7 (K) PF35t A348C cv774c .CR43TS 6.2(C) PF35 A644C 6.2 (J)* PF35 A644C 6.5 (F)* PF35 A91 7C PF35 A348C cv774c .CR43TS useaPF51oilfilter *HeavyDutyEmissionEngine **Use AC copper-coredresistortypesparkplugs. - 6-69 Fuel Radiator Filter Cap GF481 RC36 GF481 RC36 GF481 RC36 TP 1006 RC32 TP 1 006 RC32 TP 1 006 RC32 G F48 1 RC36 Fuses and Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Circuits Protected Fuse CruiseControl, 4 WDDisplayIllum.Rear 20 Amp WindowDefoggerTimer,Aux.Batt.Relay Feed,SafetyBeltBuzzerTimer,Cluster Ign.Feed Turn-BIU Back-upLamps,TurnSignals 15 Amp E.G.R., E.C.M. 10 Amp EMCIIgn T.C.C.,AirDiverter,E.S.C., Ign.,R.W.A.L.BrakeSwitch Inj. A ThrottleBodyInjectors 10 Amp Brake A.B.S., Cluster-Speed0 15 Amp AC/Htr H.V.A.C. 4 WD,Aux.Batt.Relay 25 Amp ctsy DomeLamp,Ctsy.andGloveBoxLps. 20Amp (TR-9),Radio(Memory-Clock) ParkLP HornRelay,HornFeed,ParkLamps 20 Amp “On” Warning, P. Lps C49SWIllum.,Headlamp 5 Amp RadioIllum.,H.V.A.C.Illum. StopiHaz. Haz.Flasher,SeatBeltBuzzer,Stop 15 Amp Lmps.,A.B.S.Memory Wiper 25 Amp WindshieldWiper,Washer Radio RadioFeed 10 Amp Acc/lgn. Pwr.Windows 30 Amp 30 Amp AcdBatt. DoorLocks,RearWindowDefogger 5 Amp Crank Crank,Discreet 4WD 25 Amp FourWheelDrive 15 Amp DRL DaytimeRunningLights RR Wpr Rear Window Wiperwasher 25Amp TIG Re1 CigarLighter,RearHatchRelease 25Amp An inlinefuseisusedfortheunderhoodlamp Jo notusefuses of higheramperagethanthoserecommendedabove. TO291 Name Gages 6-70 FUSE LEGEND pJI ~ TURNlBU WIPER HTR AIC GAGES 19 4WD . r I PCM/IGN I INJA BRAKE PARK LP PANEL LPS p#€m TRANS rm rn STOPIHAZ 6-7 1 DRL Service & Appearance Care Light Bulb Data Power Rating Lamp or Bulb Trade No. Exterior Liqhts: Headlamps: 2 HeadlampSystem 6052 H6054 Haloaen(Opt.) Headlamps:4HeadlampSystem 9005 9006 (Composite) 55/65 35/65 65 1 2 2 2 1 1 I , . , , Candle 32-2 1 Interior Lights: Dome Lamps 21 LampsI Readina Roof ConsoleLamps Courtesy Lamp , Heater or N C Control Lamp FourWheelDriveIndicator FourWheelDriveShiftLever InstrumentPanelCompartmentLamp Lamp 1Ashtray I , I MalfunctionIndicator(“ServiceEngine- 74 74 Soon”) UpshiftIndicator *Suburban only tCanadian Vehicles 1-2 211-2 168 1003 194 161 194 194 194 only 6-72 12 X 1 10 2 I TO293 Scheduled Mainfenance Services Section This sectioncoversthemaintenancerequiredforyourGeneralMotorsvehicle. Your vehicleneedstheseservices to retainit’ssafety,dependability,and emissioncontrolperformance. A Word About Maintenance ................................................................................. 7-3 Your Vehicle and the Environment ......................................................................7-3 Recording Maintenance Services ......................................................................... 7-3 7-4 Scheduled Maintenance Services ........................................................................ Selecting The Proper Maintenance Services ............................................... 7-4 GasolineEngineswithLightDutyEmissionsMaintenance Schedule I ............................................................................7-6 GasolineEngineswithLightDutyEmissionsMaintenance Schedule II ........................................................................... 7-8 GasolineEngineswithHeavyDutyEmissions7-1C Maintenance Schedule I .......................................................................... GasolineEngineswithHeavyDutyEmissionsMaintenance Schedule II .........................................................................7-12 6.2L and 6.5L Diesel Engines7-14 Maintenance Schedule I .......................................................................... 6.2Land6.5LDieselEngines7-16 Maintenance Schedule II ......................................................................... 7-1 Scheduled Mainfenance Services Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services ...................................... 7-18 Owner Checks and Services ..............................................................................7-22 Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ................................................................... 7-25 7-27 Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-28 Service Station Checks ....................................................................................... 7-2 A Word About Maintenance Weat GeneralMotorswant to helpyoukeepyourvehicle in goodworking condition.But wedon’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit. Youmay drivevery shortdistancesonly a fewtimes a week.Oryoumaydrive longdistances all thetime in veryhot,dustyweather.Youmayuseyourvehicleinmaking deliveries.Oryoumaydriveittowork,todoerrands,or in manyotherways. Because of all thedifferentwayspeopleusetheirGMvehicles,maintenance needsvary.Youmayeven needmorefrequentchecksandreplacementsthan youwillfindintheschedulesinthissection.Sopleasereadthissectionand notehowyoudrive. If youhaveanyquestionsonhowtokeepyourvehicle GM dealer,theplacemanyGMownerschoose ingoodcondition,seeyour tohavetheirmaintenanceworkdone. Your dealercanbereliedupontouse properpartsandpractices. Your Vehicle and the Environment Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicleingoodworking All recommendedmaintenance condition,butalsohelpstheenvironment. proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremovalof of theair we breathe. importantcomponentscansignificantlyaffectthequality tire inflationcanincreasethelevel of Improper fluid levelsoreventhewrong emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,and to help keepyourvehicle in goodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly. Recording Maintenance Services TheMaintenanceRecordneartheendofthissectionprovides a placefor you to recordthemaintenanceperformedonyourvehicle.Wheneverany it down in theMaintenance maintenanceisperformed,besuretowrite Record.Thiswillhelpyoudeterminewhenyournextmaintenanceshouldbe done, In addition, it is a goodideatokeepyourmaintenancereceipts.They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs. I CAUTION I A ~ l rn Performing maintenance work on a vehiclecan be dangerous. In L trying to do some jobs, you can be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance work only if youhavetherequiredknow-howandthe proper tools and equipment for the job. If you have any doubt, have a qualified technician do the work. If youareskilledenough to dosomeworkonyourvehicle,youwillprobably GM publishes. For information on how to want to get the service information obtain various service publications for your vehicle, see “Service Publications”in the Index. You will find a list of publicationsandanorderform in theback of thebook. Scheduled Maintenance Services Scheduled Maintenance Services Thisparttellsyouthemaintenanceservicesthatyoushouldhavedoneand the times you should schedule them. Your GM dealer knows your vehicle best If yougotoyourdealerforyourservice andwantsyoutobehappywithit. needs,you’llknowthatGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeoplewillperform the work usinggenuineGM parts. Theseschedulesareforvehiclesthat: carrypassengersandcargowithintherecommendedlimits. theselimitsonyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading Vehicle” in theIndex. You willfind Your aredrivenonregularroadsurfaces,andwithinlegaldrivinglimits. aredrivenoff-road in therecommendedmanner.SeetheindexUnder “Off RoadDrivingWith YourFourWheelDriveVehicle.” usetherecommendedfuel.See“Fuel”intheIndex. Selecting The Proper Maintenance Services To find the proper maintenance schedule for your vehicle, you must know two things.Whatengineyourvehiclehas,andhowyouuseyourvehicle. Your enginetypewilltellyouwhichchart to use,andyourdrivingconditionswill tellyouwhichscheduletouse.Thechartsarefoundlater in thissection. Selecting the Proper Maintenance Chart Yourengine type(GasolineorDiesel)anditsemissionsclassification(Light to use. Duty or HeavyDutyEmissions)willtellyouwhichmaintenancechart look attheeighthcharacter FindyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN),and to seewhatyourenginecode is.ThenusethefollowingEngineEmissions Classifications table to find your emissions classification. YourVINison theplate on thetopleftcorner ofyourinstrumentpanel, theCertificationLabeland on theServicePartsIdentificationLabel.See “VehicleIdentificationNumber” in theIndex. If yourenginehasmorethanoneemissionsclassification, Certification Label to seewhatyourGrossVehicleWeight (GVWR)is.See“LoadingYourVehicle” in theIndex. 7-4 look at your Rating r CLASSIFICATION EMISSIONS ENGINE Enaine Description VIN Code 4.3LV6TTBI Z with8500GVWRandbelow with8501GVWRandabove 5.0L V8TTBI H K 5.7L V8TTBI with8500 G W R andbelow with8501GVWRandabove 6.2L V8IDiesel C 6.2L V8IDiesel J 6.5L V8IDiesel F 7.4L V8/TBI N .Except 454 SS Model with454 SS Model Emissions LD HD LD LD HD LD HD HD HD LD L TO268 NOTE: TBI isathrottlebodyinjectionsystem. Selecting the Proper Maintenance Schedule Here is how to tell whichschedule to followonceyoufindtheproper maintenancechart to use. MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I Is anyoneofthese Mosttripsare true for your vehicle? less than4miles (6 kilometers). Mosttripsare less than 10 miles(16kilometers),andtheoutside temperatures are below freezing. Theengine is at low speedmost of thetime(as stop-and-gotraffic,orcommercialuse). in door-to-doordelivery, You operate in dustyareasoroff-roadfrequently. Youtow a trailer If anyone(ormore) of these is trueforyourdriving, follow Schedule I. Schedule 1 isshown by aplus sign (t) on thechart. MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of theaboveconditionsaretrue.Schedule II is shown by a dot (.) onthechart. 7-5 I I Scheduled Maintenance Services GASOLINEENGINES WITH LIGHT DUTY EMISSIONS- FOOTNOTES: *An EmissionControlService **See “Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”inthissection. tTo determine the emissions classification of your engine refer to “Selecting the ProperMaintenanceChart” in thissection. TO337 7-6 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE It TO334 7-7 Scheduled Maintenance Services GASOLINEENGINESWITHLIGHT DUTYEMISSIONS- If yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenancc Services”inthissection,useMaintenanceSchedule I (t). Item Miles (000) 3 6 7.5 9 No. Service Kilometers (000) 5 10 25 12.520 15 Engine Change*-Every Oil 1 Months, 12or e Change*-Every Filter Oil Months, or 12 e 2 Chassis Lubrication-Every Months, 12or e 3 ClutchForkBallStudLubrication 5 CoolingSystemService*-Every 24 Months or 6 AirCleanerFilterReplacement* 7 FrontWheelBearingRepack 8 TransmissionService** 12 15 18 30 25 DriveAxleService** 26 BrakeSystemsInspection** FOOTNOTES: *AnEmissionControlService **See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in thissection. tTo determine the emissions classification of your engine refer to “Selecting the Proper Maintenance Chart” in this section. TO332 MAINTENANCESCHEDULE Ilt e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TOBE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS. TO333 ~ 7-9 Scheduled Maintenance Services GASOLINE ENGINES WITH HEAVY DUTY EMISSIONS- I If yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecified in “Scheduled Maintenance - m - - - - - - - ‘OOTNOTES: An EmissionControlService “See “Exglal?ation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in thissection. L Also aNoiseEmissionControlService IApplicableonly to vehicles sold in theUnitedStates - To determinetheemissionsclassification of yourenginerefer to “Selectingthe Maintenance Chart” Proper section. in this TO339 7-1 0 - MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE It THESERVICES SHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAME INTERVALS. TO340 7-1 1 Scheduled Maintenance Services GASOLINEENGINES WITH HEAVY DUTY EMISSIONSIf yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenancc Services” in this section,useMaintenanceSchedule I (t). Miles (000) 3 6 9 Item No. Kilometers Service (000) 5 10 15 1Oil FilterChange*-Every12Months, 2 3 12 20 or 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 I 20 ! 21 1 . 22 ’ 24 * 25 IDriveAxle Service** 26 I3rakeSystems Inspection** FOOTNOTES: * AnEmission ControlService **See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”inthissection. A Also aNoiseEmissionControlService IApplicableonly to vehiclessoldintheUnitedStates t To determinetheemissionsclassificationofyourenginerefer to “SelectingtheProper Chart” Maintenance 7-1 2 T033f MAINTENANCESCHEDULE Ilt If yourdrivingconditions do NOT meet thosespecified in “Scheduled MaintenanceServices” in thissection,useMaintenanceSchedule II (9. THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAME INTERVALS. TO335 7-1 3 Scheduled Maintenance Services 6.2L AND 6.5L DIESELENGINES- FOOTNOTES: Changefilterevery 15,000 miles (24 000 km),exceptwhenoperatingindusty conditions. Dusty conditions may require more frequent filter replacement. Extreme to be dustanddirtoperatingconditions(off-road),mayrequiretheairfilter checkedasoftenasevery 300 miles (483 km)andreplacedasnecessary. * AnEmissionControlService ** See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”inthissection. Applicableonly to truckssold in theUnitedStates. A Also,aNoiseControlService(applicable to vehicleswithengine VIN Code J). t Thismaintenancescheduleapplies to all diesel engines available. TO330 * 7-1 4 MAINTENANCESCHEDULE It THESERVICESSHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS. I TO341 7-1 5 I Scheduled Maintenance Services 6.2L AND 6.5L DIESEL ENGINES- -0OTNOTES: * AnEmissionControlService ** See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenance Services” in thissection. W Applicableonly to trucks sold intheUnitedStates. A Also, aNoiseControlService(applicable to vehicleswithengine VIN Code J). t This maintenancescheduleapplies to sll dieselenginesavailable. TO331 7-1 6 MAINTENANCESCHEDULE Ilt Ifyourdrivingconditionsdo NOT meetthosespecified in “Scheduled MaintenanceServices”inthissection,useMaintenanceSchedule II ( 0 ) . THE SERVICES SHOWNON THIS CHARTUP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000MILES AT THE SAME INTERVALS. TO336 7-1 7 Scheduled Maintenance Services Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services Belowareexplanations of theserviceslisted in themaintenancecharts. Theproperfluidsandlubricantstousearelisted in thissection.Makesure All partsshouldbereplacedand whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese. all necessaryrepairsdonebeforeyouoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle. 1. ENGINEOILAND OIL FILTERCHANGE* -ALWAYS USE SG OR SG/CEQUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING II OILS OF THE PROPER VISCOSITY. To determine the preferred viscosity oil foryourvehicle’s 10W-30), see“EngineOil” in theIndex. engine(e.g.SAE5W-30or 2. CHASSISLUBRICATION -Lubricatethefrontsuspension,king pin bushings,steeringlinkage,transmission,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage, (2 wheeldrive),brake parkingbrakecableguides,propshaftsplines pedalsprings,andclutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecified. If youhavea 3500 HD, lubricatethekingpinsandkingpinbushings every 1,500 miles (2500 km) forMaintenanceSchedule 1, orevery 3,000 (5000 km)forMaintenanceSchedule 2. Balljointsandkingpinbushingsshouldnotbelubricatedunlesstheir temperature is 10°F (-12”C), orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,let or theycould be damaged. themwarmupbeforelubrication Also, besure to checkallthevehiclefluidlevelsatthistime. 3. CLUTCH FORK BALLSTUDLUBRICATION -Lubricatetheclutchfork ballstudthroughthefittingontheclutchhousing.Lubricantmustbe 0066 Ib.(.003kg) is required to added“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly. lubricatethe ball studsurface. Do notaddlubricantmoreoftenthanthe Too much lubricant will damage intervalsintheMaintenanceCharts. theclutch assembly. 4. ENGINEIDLESPEEDADJUSTMENT(DIESELENGINES)* -Adjustto thespecificationsshownontheunderhoodlabel. Youmustuse calibratedtestequipment. 5. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE* -Drain,flushandrefillsystemwithnew coolant.See“EngineCoolant”intheIndexforthepropercoolantand mixture to use in your vehicle. Also inspectthehosesandreplacethem if they i cracked,swollen, or deteriorated.Tightenallhoseclamps(exceptconsranttension clamps). Removedebrisandcleantheoutsideoftheradiatorandairconditioning To ensureproperoperation,pressure condenser.Washtheradiatorneck. testtheradiatorandcap. * AnEmissionControlService 7-1 8 6. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT* -Replaceatevery miles (50 000 km) or moreoftenunderdustyconditions.Ask for the proper replacement intervals for your driving conditions. 30,000 your dealer 7. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREPACK (2 WHEELDRIVEONLY) -Clean or atthe andrepackthefrontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining, specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst. 8. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE Automatic Transmission -Change the transmission fluid and filter every 15,000 miles(25 000 km)forvehiclesunder 8,600 GVWR or every if thevehicle 12,000miles (20 000 km)forvehiclesover8,600GVWR or moreoftheseconditions: is mainlydrivenunderone In heavycitytraffic. Wheretheoutsidetemperatureregularlyreaches higher. 90°F (32°C)or In hilly or mountainousterrain. Frequenttrailerpulling. Usessuchastaxi,police,delivery or othercommercialservice. If the vehicle is not used mainly under any of these conditions, change the fluid and filter every 30,000 miles (50 000 km)forvehiclesunder 8600 GVWRorevery 24,000 miles (40 000 km)forvehiclesover8600 GVWR. See“AutomaticTransmissionFluid” in theIndexformore information. ManualTransmission -Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic changing. 9. CDRV SYSTEMINSPECTION* -ChecktheCrankcaseDepression RegulatorValveSystem for anyworn,pluggedorcollapsedhoses.Have thesystemcheckedasdescribed in theServiceManual. 10. FUELFILTER REPLACEMENT --Replacethe interval or sooner if clogged. fuel filter at the specified 11. SPARK PLUGS REPLACEMENT” --Replacespark plugs withthetype listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex. 12. SPARK PLUG WIREINSPECTION* -Clean wiresandinspect for burns, fit at the distributor and at cracks or other damage. Check the wire boot thesparkplugs.Replacewiresasneeded. *AnEmissionControlService 7-1 9 Scheduled Maintenance Services 13. EGRSYSTEM INSPECTION* -ConductEGR describedintheServiceManual. SYSl /l CHECKas 14. ELECTRONICVACUUMREGULATORVALVE (EVRV)INSPECTION* -Inspect filter for excessive contamination orplugging. If required,clean dry and elementwithasolution of biodegradablesoapandwater,let reinstallelement. 15. ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK (SOME MODELS)* -Adjusttimingtounderhoodlabelspecifications.Inspectthe insideandoutside of thedistributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbon trackingandcorrosion.Cleanorreplaceasneeded. 16. FUEL TANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION* -Inspect the fuel tank, for capandlines for damageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasket an evenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage,Replaceparts as needed. 17. THERMOSTATICALLYCONTROLLEDAIRCLEANERINSPECTION* A-(If so equipped.) Inspect all hoses and ducts for proper hookup. Makesurevalveworksproperly. 18. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELT(S)INSPECTION* --Inspectbelts. Look for cracks, fraying, wear, and proper tension. Adjust or replace as needed. 19. EVAPORATIVECONTROLSYSTEM(ECS)INSPECTION* -Check fuelandvaporlinesandhosesforproperhookup,routing,andcondition. Checkthatthepurgevalveworksproperly,ifequipped.Replaceas needed. all Awlnspect 20. SHIELDSANDUNDERHOODINSULATIONINSPECTION shields and underhood insulation for damage orlooseness.Adjust or replaceasrequired. 21. AIR INTAKESYSTEM INSPECTlONAWCheck theairintakesystem installation to see that gaskets are seated properly and all hose Also checktobe connections,fasteners,andothercomponentsaretight. fits surethattheaircleanerhousingisproperlyseated,thatthecover tightly,andthewingnutsaretight.Tightenconnectionsandfastenersor replacedamagedpartsasrequired. 22. THERMOSTATICALLYCONTROLLEDENGINECOOLINGFAN off andbelow INSPECTIONAB-(If so equipped.)Withtheengine normaloperatingtemperature,check to seethatthefancanberotated by handon fluid couplingorviscousdrives.Replace asnecessary. *AnEmissionControlService A AlsoaNoiseEmissionControlService Applicableonly to vehicles sold intheUnitedStates 7-20 23. EXHAUSTPRESSURE EGULATORVALVE INSPECTION* -Checkthat thevalveworksproperly.Correctanybinding.Inspecthosesforcracks, as needed. chafingordecay.Replaceparts 24. TIREANDWHEELROTATIONANDINSPECTION -For properwear andmaximum tire life,rotatetires at thefirst 6,000miles(10 000 kilometers)forSchedule I (t) or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers)for Schedule II (.) andthenevery 15,000 miles(25 000 kilometers) in Section 6. thereafter. Follow theinstructionsandpatternsshown Check tires for uneven wear or damage. If irregularorprematurewear apparent,checkwheelalignment. Also, checkfordamagedwheels.See “Tires”intheIndexformoreinformation. is For dualwheels,wheneverthevehicle,wheels,orfastenersarenew, 1,000 and6,000 havethewheelfastenertorquesetatthefirst100, miles (160, 1600and 10 000 km). For 3500 H.D. Models,blockthetiresoppositethosebeingremoved keep the vehicle from rolling. 25. DRIVE AXLE SERVICE -Check readfrontaxle fluid levelandadd needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. to as Locking differential-Drain fluid at first oil changeandrefill.Check fluid levelandadd asneededatsubsequent oil changes. In dusty areas,ortrailertowingapplicationsdrain fluid atevery 15,000 miles (24 135kilometers)and refill$ Standard differential -Check fluid levelandaddasneededat every oil change. In dustyareas, or trailertowingapplications,drain fluid every15,000miles (24 135kilometers)andrefi1l.t Morefrequentlubrication maybe required on heavy-dutyoroff-road use. 26. BRAKESYSTEMINSPECTION -When theengine oil ischanged, inspectthelines and hosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,cracks, chafing,etc.Checktheparkingbrakeadjustment,andthe fluid levelin themastercylinder. A lowfluid level canindicateworndiscbrakepads which mayneedtobeserviced$ *AnEmissionControlService t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havethem inspectedandrepaired at once. 7-2 1 Scheduled Maintenance Services Whenthewheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdiscbrakepadsforwear and rotors for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings for wear and cracks.Inspectotherbrakeparts,includingdrums,wheelcylinders,parking or dirtfromthewheeland brake,etc.,atthesametime.Removeanyrust mountingsurfacesbeforemountingthewheel. Inspectbrakesmoreoftenifdrivinghabits frequentbraking. or conditionsresultin Owner Checks and Services Listed below are owner checks and services which should bemade at the timeperiodspecifiedtohelpensurepropersafety,emissionperformance,and dependability of your vehicle. Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, asshown in thisSection. At Least Once a Month Tire inflation pressure check --Check the tires for proper inflation. If they are low, inflatethemtothelevelspecified onthecertificationlabel or onthe tireinflationcharts.See“Loading YourVehicle”or “Inflation-TirePressure”in theIndex. At Least Once a Year Keylockcylinderlubrication --Lubricatekeylockcylinderswithengine Seethe“RecommendedFluidandLubricants”chart in thissection. oil. Transmissionneutralorclutchstartswitchoperation 4 Whenyouaredoing this check,thevehiclecouldmovesuddenly. does, it you or otherscouldbeinjured.Followthesteps below. If 1. Beforeyoustart,besureyouhaveenoughroomaroundthevehicle. 2. Firmlyapplyboththemanualparkingbrakeandtheregularbrake.See “Brakes”and“ParkingBrake” in theIndex. Do notusetheaccelerator pedal. 3. Be ready to turn off the engineimmediately if it starts. 4. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles, Thestartershouldworkonly try to start the engine in eachgear. in P (Park)or N (Neutral). 7-22 I Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,puttheshiftlever in N (Neutral),pushthe to starttheengine.Thestartershouldworkonly clutchdownhalfway,andtry whentheclutch is pusheddown all the way to thefloor. Steeringcolumn lock operation -Whileparked, ineachgearshiftposition. try to turnthekeyto Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturnto gearshiftis in P (Park). Lock Lock onlywhenthe Onvehicleswith a keyreleaselever, try to turn thekeyto Lock without Lock onlywiththekeylever pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturnto depressed. Onallvehicles,thekeyshouldcomeoutonly in Lock. Parking brake andtransmission P (PARK) mechanismoperation - CAUTION A When you are doing this check, your vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case you begin to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move. Parkon a fairlysteephill,withthevehiclefacingdownhill.Keepingyourfoot ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake. To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe transmissionin N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular bytheparkingbrakeonly. brakepedal. Do this untilthevehicleisheld To checkthe“Park”mechanism’sholdingability:Applytheregularbrake andshift to P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,thenslowly releasetheregularbrake. Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation -Inspect belt system, including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors. Have a belt assemblyreplaced if thewebbinghasbeencutorotherwise damaged. BodyLubricationService -Lubricate all bodydoorhingeswithengine oil. Alsolubricatethetailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemounted spare tire carrier (if equipped).Lubricatethebodyhood,fueldoorandrear compartmenthinges,latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxand consoledoors,andanyfoldingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetylever More frequentlubrication may berequiredwhen pivotandproprodpivot. exposed to a corrosiveenvironment. 7-23 Scheduled Maintenance Services Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed belowareinspectionsandserviceswhichshouldbeperformed at least twice ayear(forinstanceeachspringorfall). You shouldletyourGM dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs. Makesureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce. Steering and Suspension lnspectiont -Inspect front and rear suspension andsteeringsystem for damaged,loose or missingparts,signs ofwearor lackoflubrication.Inspectpowersteeringlinesandhosesforproperhook-up, binding,leaks,cracks,chafing,etc.(Onvehiclesequippedwithmanual steering gear,check forsealleakage.)Lubricatethesteeringlinkage. AcceleratorControlSystem -Lubricateallpivotpointswithengineoil, exceptthe TBI throttleshaft.Remove all externaldepositsfromtheinjector Do this when theengine is cold pumpfacecamon6.2Land6.5Lengines. andnotrunning. Do notoilanyaccelerator or cruisecontrolcables.Replace or excessivewear. any cables that have high effort Exhaust System Inspection -Inspect the complete system including the three-waycatalyticconverter.Inspectthebodynear the exhaustsystem.Look forbroken,damaged,missing or out-of-positionparts, as wellas,open seams,holes,looseconnections or otherconditionswhichcouldcauseaheat into the passenger buildup in the floor pan or couldletexhaustfumesseep compartments. Drive Axle Service -Check readfront axle fluidlevelandadd Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. asneeded. TransferCase(four-wheel drive) lnspectiont -Every 12 months or at oil changeintervals,checkfrontaxleandtransfercaseandaddlubricantwhen necessary. Oil thecontrolleverpivotpointandallexposedcontrollinkage. Checkventhoseattransfercaseforkinksandproperinstallation.More or off-road use. frequentlubrication mayberequiredonheavy-duty t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected andrepairedatonce. 7-24 Recommended Fluids & Lubricants number or NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,part specification may be obtained from your GM Dealer. FLUID/LUBRICANT M ; GoodwrenchMotor Oil orequivalentforAPIService )r SGiCE oftherecommendedviscosity. Engine Oil IEnginelant ilixture of waterandagoodqualityethyleneglycolbase intifreezeconformingto GM-6038-M (GMPart No. 1052103). II HydraulicClutchSystem iydraulic ClutchFluid (GM Part No. 12345347orequivalent). Hydraulic Brake Systems lelco Supreme11 8 brake fluid (GMPartNo.1052535or lOT-3). (2hassisgreasemeetingrequirements (2atagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart No. Cables Brake Parking of NLGlGrade2, 1052497). No. 1050017)or (3iM PowerSteeringFluid(GMPart t2quivalentconforming to GM spec9985010. Steering System Power No. 1052182)orequivalent. ManualSteeringGear 3M Lubricant(GMPart Automatic Transmission IEXRON@ IIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart 1051 855). r Manual Transmission: a.5-SpeedwithLowGear 1 SG b. 5-SpeedwithoutLowGear Differential: a. Standard(Saginaw)Front andRearAxle a.CastrolCo Syntorq orequivalent(GMPart 12346074). I No. No. b. StandardTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.12345349). No. 1052271). a.SAE-80W-90gearlubricant(GMPart I b.Locking Transfer Case IGasStrips Weather ColumnShift,TransferCase ShiftLever,andPropellerShaft. Stud Ball Fork Clutch b. SAE-80W-90 gearlubricant(GMPartNo.1052271). DexronB IIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart 12345881). IL?asLineDe-leer(GMPart I:Spray-ASqueek(GMPart No. No. 1051516). No.1052277). >hassisgreasemeetingrequirementsofNLGlGrade2, ;ategory LBorGC-LB (GM Part No. 1052497). (zhassisgreasemeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade (;ateaorv LBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497). 2, (Continuednextpage) TO391 7-25 Scheduled Maintenance Services Recommended Fluids & Lubricants (Cont’d.) Hood LatchAssembly a.Pivotsandspringanchor a.Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109). b.ReleasePawl b. Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements of GM-6031-M(GMPart No. 1052497). Front Wheel Bearings Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements of NLGl Grade2,Category LB orGC-LB (or GM Part No. 1052497). Propeller Shaft SplinelUniversal Joint Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements of GM-6031-M E M Part No. 10524971 AutomaticTransmissionShiftLinkage,Floor ShiftLinkage, Hood and Door Hinges, Body DoorHingePins,TailgateHingeandLinkage, FoldingSeat,FuelDoorHinae Engine oil KeyLockCylinders Useregularengine oil or a synthetic light weiahtenaine oil [SAE 5W-30). ChassisLubrication Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements GM-6031(GMPart No. 1052497). Nindshield Washer Solvent and Anti-Freeze GMOptikleenwashersolvent 1051515)orequivalent. Neatherstrip Siliconegrease (GM Part No. 12345579)or equivalent. M e r Tailgate Handle Pivot Points Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements GM Part No. 123451 20. of (GM Part No. of TO392 7-26 Maintenance Record Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServicesisperformed, recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and whoperformedtheservicesintheappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain copies of yourreceipts.Itissuggestedthatreceiptsbekeptwithyour Owner’sManual. 7-27 Scheduled Maintenance Services Service Station Checks It is important for you or aservicestationattendant fill. under-hoodchecksateachfuel Checktheengine oil levelandadd to performthese if necessary. Checktheenginecoolantlevelintherecoverybottleandadd necessary. Checkthewindshieldwasherfluidlevelandadd Seetheseitems if necessary. in theIndex for information on how to checkthem. if driver's door. See Page 6-46 the driver's door. SeePage 6-46 I PO224 7-29 Cusfomer Assistance Information .L ' ......... Section . HereyouwillfindouthowtocontactChevrolet if youneedassistance.This to obtainservicepublicationsandhow to report sectionalsotellsyouhow any safety defects. Customer Satisfaction Procedure......................................................................... 8-2 Customer Assistance for Hearingspeech Impaired........................................... 8-3 GM Participation in Better Business Bureau MediatiordArbitration Program ....8-3 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................................................................... 8-4 Roadside Assistance............................................................................................. 8-5 .*........................................................................ Service Publications..l.ii~~iiF;+.l~.ba .8-6 8-1 - Customer Assistance Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfactionandgoodwillareimportant to yourdealerandChevrolet. Normally,anyconcernwiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer’sSalesorServiceDepartments. Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentionsofallconcerned, to your misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshould betaken: STEP ONE -Discussyourconcernwithamember of dealership management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel. matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager, contact the ownerof the dealership or theGeneralManager. If the STEP TWO -If aftercontactinga memberofDealershipManagement, it appearsyourconcerncannotberesolved by thedealershipwithoutfurther help, contact Chevrolet’s Customer Assistance Center by calling 1-800-222-1020. In Canada,contactthe GMofCanadaCustomerAssistance CenterinOshawabycalling1-800-263-3777(English)or1-800-263-7854 (French). InMexico,call(525)254-3777. In PuertoRicoor U. S. VirginIslands, call 1-809-763-1315.Inallotheroverseaslocations,contact GM International Export Sales in Canada by calling 1-416-644-411 2 . Forpromptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative: Yourname, to give address,telephonenumber Vehicle IdentificationNumber(This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or the plate attached to the left topof theinstrument panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield.) Dealershipnameandlocation Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage Nature of concern We encourageyou to callthetoll-freenumberlistedpreviously in orderto if youwish to writeChevrolet, giveyourinquirypromptattention.However, P.O. write to: ChevroletMotorDivision,ChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter, Box7047, Troy, MI48007-7047. A listing of allChevroletofficesandofficesoutsidethe US. whichcanassist in thewarrantybooklet.Theseservicesarenot youcanalsobefound available in Canada. 8-2 When contactingChevrolet,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikelybe resolved in thedealership,usingthedealership'sfacilities,equipmentand if youhavea personnel.ThatiswhywesuggestyoufollowStepOnefirst concern. Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired (TDD) To assistownerswhohavehearingdifficulties,Chevrolethasinstalledspecial TDD(TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipmentat its Customer AssistanceCenter,Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwhohasaccess to aTDDorconventionalteletypewriter (TTY) cancommunicatewithChevrolet by dialing: ..................................................................... 1-800-TDD-CHEV In Canada .......................................................................................... 1-800-263-3830 In the United States GM Participation in Better Business Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program" *Thisprogram maynot beavailableinallstates,dependingonstatelaw. Canadian owners refer to your warranty booklet. GeneralMotorsreservestherighttochangeeligibilitylimitationsand/or discontinue its participationinthisprogram. to OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure describedearlierinthissectionhasbeenverysuccessfulinachieving customersatisfaction.However,ifyouhavenotbeensubstantiallysatisfied, Chevroletwantsyou to beaware of GMs voluntary participation in a no-chargemediation/arbitrationprogramcalledBBB AUTO LINE. Thisprogram isadministeredbytheCouncilofBetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes involvingvehiclerepairsandtheinterpretation ofyourNewVehicleLimited Warranty. We prefer that you not resort to BBBAUTOLINEuntilafterafinaldecision ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,youmay file a at claim at any time by contacting your local Better Business Bureau (BBB) the following toll-free number: 1-800-955-5100. For further information about to: BBBAUTO HOTLINE, Council of Better filing aclaim,youmayalsowrite BusinessBureaus,4200WilsonBoulevard,Suite800,Arlington,Virginia 22203, 8-3 Customer Assistance Information Inorder to fileaclaim,youwillhave to provideyournameandaddress,the astatementofthe vehicleidentificationnumber (VIN) ofyourvehicle,and try tohelpresolveyourdispute natureofyourcomplaint.BBBstaffmay to throughmediation. If mediation is notsuccessful,or if youdonotwish to an participateinmediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase impartialthird-partyarbitratorataninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender If youaccepta adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject. validarbitratordecision, GM will beboundbythatdecision.Theentiredispute 40 daysfromthetimeyoufile settlement process should ordinarily take about is rendered(or 47 daysifyoudidnot yourcomplaint to thetimeadecision first contact your dealer or Chevrolet). Weencourageyou to usethisprogrambefore or instead of resortingtothe courts.Webelieve itoffersadvantagesovercourtsinmostjurisdictions because it isfast,free ofcharge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually if youchoose). present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense Arbitratorsmakedecisionsbased on theprincipals offairnessandequity,and of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate arenotrequiredtoduplicatethefunctions or federallaw. If youwish to gotocourt,however,wedonotrequirethat you first file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE* unlessstatelawprovides otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat ifyouare unhappywiththeresultsofBBBAUTOLINE,youcanstillgotocourt GM butnotonyou,unlessyou becauseanarbitrator’sdecisionisbindingon accept it. Eligibility is limitedbyvehicleagelmileage,andotherfactors.Forfurther informationconcerningtheprogram,calltheBBBat1-800-955-5100. also call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center. Youmay *SomestatesmayrequirethatyoufileaclaimwithBBBAUTOLINEbefore resorting to state-operatedprocedures(includingcourt). Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If youbelievethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrashor couldcauseinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational to notifyingGeneral HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inaddition Motors. If NHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a groupofvehicles, it mayorder a recall andremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolvedinindividual problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,orGeneralMotors. To contactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123intheWashington, DC area) or writeto: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C.20590.You alsoobtainotherinformationaboutmotorvehiclesafetyfromtheHotline. can Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government IfyouliveinCanada,andyoubelievethatyourvehiclehasasafetydefect, youshouldimmediatelynotifyTransportCanada,inaddition to notifying GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited.Youmaywriteto:TransportCanadaat Box 8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2. Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In additiontonotifyingNHTSA (or TransportCanada)inasituationlikethis, we certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please call usat 1-800-222-1 020, or write: Post Office Box 7047, ChevroletMotorDivision,CustomerAssistanceCenter, Troy,Michigan48007-7047.InCanada,please call us at1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854(French). Or, write:General Motors of Canada Limited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSamDrive,Oshawa, OntarioL1H8P7. Chevmlet/Geo Roadside Assistance To enhanceChevrolet’sstrongcommitmenttocustomersatisfaction,Chevrolet of theChevroletlGeoRoadside is excitedtoannouncetheestablishment AssistanceCenter.Astheownerofa1993ChevroleVGeo,membership in RoadsideAssistanceisfree. RoadsideAssistanceisavailable 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,by calling 1-800-CHEV USA (1 -800-243-8872). This toll-free number will provide you If your over-the-phoneroadsideassistancewithminormechanicalproblems. problemcannotberesolvedoverthephone,ouradvisorshaveaccess to a nationwidenetworkofdeaterrecommendedserviceproviders.Thefollowing servicesareavailable: Towing Locksmith Tirerepair Glassreplacement Rentalcar or taxi Additionalservicesasnecessary The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that will provide you with qualityandpriorityservice. Whenroadsideservicesarerequired,ouradvisors will explain any payment obligations that may be incurred for utilizing outside services. Forpromptassistancewhencalling,pleasehavethefollowingavailable givetheadvisor: to VehicleIdentificationNumber Licenseplatenumber Vehiclecolor Vehiclelocation Telephonenumberwhereyoucanbereached Descriptionofproblem Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside your portfolio for full programdetails. In Canada,call1-800-268-6800fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance. Service Publications Informationon how to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptionsand Indexesasdescribedbelow is applicableonly in the fifty US. states(andthe GWVR less than 10,000 District of Columbia) and only for light trucks with pounds (4536 kg). In Canada,informationpertaining to ProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes can be obtainedbywritingto:GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,Service PublicationsDepartment,1908Colonel Sam Dr.,Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7. Chevroletregularlysends its dealersusefulservicebulletinsaboutChevrolet products.Chevroletmonitorsproductperformance in thefield. We then preparebulletinsforservicing ourproductsbetter.Now,youcangetthese bulletins too. Bulletins cover various subjects. Some pertain to theproperuseandcare of yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive repairswhich, if doneontimewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly to repairaneworunexpected repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa condition. Others describe a quicker way technician service your vehicle better. 8-6 Mostbulletinsapplytoconditionsaffectingasmallnumber Your Chevrolet dealer oraqualifiedtechnicianmayhave specific bulletin appliestoyourvehicle. ofcarsortrucks. to determine if a You cansubscribe to all Chevroletbulletins by calling Helm, Inc.at 1-800-782-4356.Thiswayyou’llgetthemastheycomeout. Individual PSP’s If you don’t wanttobuyallthePSP’sissuedbyChevroletforall car and truckmodels in themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,such as those whichmaypertain to aparticular model. To do this,you will firstneedtosee ourindexof PSP‘s. It providesavariety of information. Here’swhat you’llfind in theindexandhowyoucangetone: What You’// Find in the Index: Alist of all PSP’s published by Chevrolet in amodelyear(1989or later).PSP’scoveringallmodels of Chevroletcarsorlighttrucksless GVWR arelisted in thesameindex. than 10,000pounds(4536kg) Orderinginformation so youcanbuythespecificPSP’syoumaywant. Priceinformationforthe PSP’syoumaywant to buy. How You Can Get an Index: Indexesarepublishedperiodically.Most of the PSP’swhich couldpotentially applytothemostrecentChevroletmodelswillbelisted in themostrecent publicationforthatmodel year.Thismeansyoumaywanttowait untilthe if you are interested in end of themodelyearbeforeorderinganindex, buying PSP’s pertainingtoacurrentmodel year truck. SomePSP’s pertainingtoaparticularmodel year vehicle maybe published in lateryears,andthesewouldbelisted in thelateryear’sindex. Whenyou orderanindexforamodelyearthatisnotoveryet,we’llsendyouthemost recentlypublishedissue.Checktheorderingformforindexesforearliermodel years. Cutout theordering form, fill it out,andmail it in.Wewill then seetoitthat anindexismailedtoyou.Thereisnochargeforindexesforthe1989-1993 modelyears. Toll-Free Telephone Number If youwantanadditionalorderingformforanindexorasubscription,just call toll-freeandwe’llbehappytosendyou one.Automatedrecording equipmentwilltakeyournameandmailingaddress.Thenumber to callis 1-800-551 -41 23. 8-7 Customer Copies at Participating Dealers Copies ofIndexesand individual PSP’s are atyour participatingChevrolet dealer. You canask to seethem. A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER: ThesePSP’s are meant for technicians. Theyarenotmeantforthe“do-it-yourselfer.”Technicianshavetheequipment, do ajobquicklyandsafely. tools,safetyinstructions,andknow-howto Chevroletreservestherighttochangetheseprocedureswithoutnotice. Service Publications You cangettheseProductServicePublicationsbyusingtheorderformat theend of thisbook.Youcan also getServiceManualsandOwner Publications. Section B A Battery...........................................6-37 Belts (See“Safety Belts”) BetterBusinessBureau Mediation.....................................8-3 Blizzard .......................................... 4-55 Brakes Adjustment ................................. 4-18 Antilock ...................................... 4-15 Antilock Warning Light ............2-70 Fluid ........................................... 6-32 Four-wheel Antilock .................4-16 Hydro-Boost System (Hydraulic Pump) .................6-33 Master Cylinder ........................6-32 Parking....................................... 2-23 Pedal Travel ..............................4-18 Rear Drum Brakes ...................4-18 Replacing Parts ........................ 6-33 SystemWarning Light .2-69, 4-17 Trailer ......................................... 4-60 Wear Indicators........................ 4-17 Braking ..........................................4-13 In Emergencies ........................ 4-18 Break-In, NewVehicle ................ 2-11 Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-37 Replacement Chart ..................6-72 Accelerator Control System ........6-35 Air Cleaner .................................... 6-16 Air Conditioning...................3.5. 6-69 Rear (Wagon Models) ................3-8 Refrigerant Capacity .................6-69 System Controls ......................... 3-6 Antenna. Fixed Mast ...................3-21 Antilock Brakes(See “Brakes”) System Warning Light .............2-70 Appearance Care .......................... 6-57 Materials .................................... 6-64 Arbitration Program........................ 8-3 Audio Systems ............................. 3-12 AM Radio................................... 3-13 AM-FM Stereo AudioSystem with Cassette Deck ..............3-14 AM-FM Stereo AudioSystem withCassetteDeck and Equalizer ..............3-17. 3-1 9 Cassette Deck............................... 3-16 Cassette Tape Player Care ..........3-21 Automatic Transmission ...............2-17 FIuid............................................ 6. 17 Axle Front ................................ 2.32. 6-24 Rear ............................................ 6-24 Rear Locking ............................. 2-22 9-1 INDEX 2-57 Cup Holder ................................... Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired .... 8-3 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8-2 C CapacitiesandSpecification Charts ......................................... 6-68 Carbon Monoxide .................2.7.2.28. 2.29.4.55. 4-61 Cassette TapePlayer (See “Audio Systems”) Catalytic Converter ...................... 6-45 Certificationnire Label .................6-46 Changing a Flat Tire .........5.16. 5-20 Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-63 Child Restraints (See “Safety Belts”) Cigarette LightedAshtrays ...........2-55 Circuit Breakers(See“Fuses”) Cleaning Finish Care ................................ 6-61 Glass .......................................... 6.60 Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-58 Instrument Panel. Top .............6-60 Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-61 Special Problems ...................... 6-59 Vinyl or Leather........................ 6-60 Wheels and Tires ..................... 6-62 Windshield ................................ 6-60 Clock .................................... 3-15 3-18 Comfort Controls ............................ 3-2 Console Floor .......................................... 2-56 Overhead.................................... 2.58 Convenience Net .......................... 2-80 Coolant(See“Engine”) Cooling System Capacity ............6-68 Crankcase Capacity...................... 6-69 Cruise Control ............................... 2-41 Increase Speed ......................... 2-43 OnHills........................................ 2-45 Passing...................................... 2-45 Reduce Speed .......................... 2-44 Resume ..................................... 2-43 2-42 Set .............................................. ToGet Out Of ............................. 2-45 D DaytimeRunningLights (Canada Only) ............................... 2-47 Indicator Light ............... 2.47. 2-73 Dome Lights ................................. 2-48 Doors ............................................... 2-5 Locks............................................ 2-6 Panel ............................................ 2-9 Driving Across an Incline...........4-31 4-32 After Off-Road Driving ............ 4-34 At Night..................................... 4-35 Braking ...................................... 4-13 Control of A Vehicle.................4-13 Defensive..................................... 4-9 Downhill ..................................... 4-30 Freeway ..................................... 4-43 Guidelines.................................. 4-24 High Beams .............................. 4-36 Highway Hypnosis ................... 4-46 Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38 In Blizzard ................................. 4-55 In City ....................................... 4-42 In Fog. MistandHaze .4.40. 4-41 In Rain ............................ 4.37. 4-39 In Sand.Mud. Ice. Or Snow ..................... 4.33. 5-31 In Water .................................... 4-34 Long Distance .......................... 4-44 Loss of Control ........................ 4-23 Night Vision .............................. 4-35 Off-Roading ............................... 4-24 On Curves ................................. 4-18 On Grades ................................. 4.62 On Hill and Mountain Roads . 4-47 4-27 On Off-Road Hills .................... On Snow or Ice .......................4-53 Passing............................ 4-21 4-61 . . 9-2 Skidding ..................................... 4-23 Stuck in DeepSnow ....4-56, 5-31 Through Water ...............2-15, 4-34 Uphill .......................................... 4-28 Winter ........................................4-53 With a Trailer ............................ 4-60 Drunken Driving ...........................4-10 E Electrical System ......................... 6-37 Add-on Equipment ...................6-67 Engine Adding Coolant ... 5-1 1, 5-13, 6-27 Air Cleaner ................................ 6-1 6 Block Heater ..........2-16, 3-5, 6-16 Computer Command Control System ..................................... 6-45 6-25, 6-68 Coolant............................ Coolant Temperature Gage ......2-77 Cooling System......................... 5-10 Crankcase .................................. 6-69 2-28 Exhaust ..................................... Fan Noise ..................................5-16 Identification ...................6-65, 6-68 LeavingVehicle While Running.......................2-26 Oil (See “Oil”) Overheating................................. 5-8 Running While Parked .............2-29 Starting...................................... 2-14 Equipment, Add-on ......................6-48 Exhaust System ........................... 6-45 F Fan Noise ...................................... 5-16 Filter Replacement Chart ............6-69 Finish Care ............................................ 6-61 Damage ..................................... 6-62 Fluid Automatic Transmission ........... 6-17 Brake ..........................................6-32 9-3 Capacities .................................. 6-68 Coolant....................................... 5-11 Front Axle ................................. 6-24 Hydraulic Clutch ....................... 6-21 Leak Check ...............................6-35 ManualTransmission ...............6-20 Power Steering ......................... 6-29 Radiator ..................................... 5-13 Rear Axle .................................. 6-24 RecommendedFluids .............. 7-25 Transfer Case ............................ 6-23 Windshield Washer ........2-40, 6-31 Four-wheel Drive ...............2-30, 6-23 Transfer Case .................2-30, 6-23 Front Axle ..................................... 6-24 Fuel.................................................. 6-4 6-6 Filling Your Tank ......................... Foreign Countries .......................6-6 Gage .......................................... 2-76 Gasolines for Cleaner Air .........6-5 Tank Capacity ........................... 6-69 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ..........6-43 Fuse Block ................................ 6-44 Headlights .................................6-43 PowerWindows and Other Power Options ...........6-44 Trailer Wiring Harness .............6-44 Windshield Wipers ...................6-44 G Gages .................................. 2-66, 2-76 Coolant Temperature Gage ..... 2-77 Fuel Gage .................................. 2-76 Odometer...................................2-66 Oil Pressure Gage .................... 2-78 Speedometer............................. 2-66 Tachometer................................ 2-67 Trip Odometer ........................... 2-67 Voltmeter ................. ................. 2-79 Glove Box .....................................2-56 INDEX H Halogen Bulbs ..............................6.38 K Hazard Warning Flashers .............. 5-2 Head Restraints .............................. 1-5 Headlights ............... 2-46, 6-38, 6-43 Composite .................................. 6-39 High Beam Indicator Light......2-74 High-Low Beam .............2-38, 4-36 Reminder ...................................2-47 Replacement ...................6-37, 6-72 Sealed Beam ............................. 6-38 Heating System (with AIC) ...........3-5 Rear (Wagon Models) ................3-8 Rear Window Defogger ...........3-11 System Controls .........................3-6 Heating System (without AIC) .....3-4 Fan Knob ..................................... 3-4 Function Lever ............................3-4 Rear Window Defogger ...........3-1 1 Temperature Lever ...................... 3-4 Highway Hypnosis........................ 4-46 Hitches........................................... 4-59 Hood Latches and Hinge ...................6-36 Release ........................................6-8 Horn ............................................... 2-35 Hydraulic Clutch ...........................6-21 Grease Fitting............................ 6-23 Hydroplaning .................................4-38 1 IfYou’re Stuck In Sand,Mud, Ice or Snow .............................. 5-31 Ignition Switch.............................. 2-11 Inflation-Tire Pressure .................6-49 Instrument Panel .......................... 2-62 Standard Cluster ....................... 2-64 J Jack and Tools .............................5-18 Removal ..................................... 5-18 5-29, 5-30 Storage ............................ Jump Starting .................................5-3 9-4 Key Release Lever ....................... 2-13 Keys ................................................. 2-3 L Lights............................................. 2-46 Brake System Warning ............4-17 Bulb Replacement....................6-37 Charging System Light ...........2-71 Check Gages Light .................. 2-73 Dome ......................................... 2-48 Front Parkingnurn Signal........6-40 Headlights (See “Headlights”) Indicator..................................... 2-68 Operation ................................... 2-37 Reading ..................................... 2-49 Roof Marker .............................. 6-42 Service Engine Soon.....2-72, 6-45 Rear ........................................... 6-42 Replacement Chart ..................6-72 Side Marker .............................. 6-41 Underhood Reel ....................... 2-50 Loading Your Vehicle ........4-25, 6-46 Add-on Equipment ...................6-48 Lubrication..................................... 6-35 Accelerator Control System ....6-35 Body........................................... 6-36 Constant Velocity Joints .........6-36 Front Axle ................................. 6-24 Front Shock Absorbers ...........6-34 FrontSuspensionand Steering Linkage...................6-34 Front Wheel Bearings ..............6-34 Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-37 Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting ....................... 6-23 Hood Latches and Hinge ........ 6-36 Lock Cylinders .......................... 6-36 Propeller Shaft Slip Splines ... 6-36 Rear Axle .................................. 6-24 Recommended Lubricants ...... 7-25 Transfer Case ............................ 6-23 Luggage Carrier ........................... 2-80 PeriodicMaintenance Inspections ................................ 7-24 Power Door Locks ..................................2-7 Steering ..................................... 4-18 Steering Fluid ...........................6-29 Winches ..................................... 4-64 Product Service Publications ....... 8-6 M Maintenance 6-34 Other Items ............................... Periodic Inspections.................7-24 Record............................... 7.3. 7-27 Scheduled Maintenance.. 7.4. 7-18 Underbody ................................ 6-62 When Towing a Trailer .............4-63 Master Cylinder (See“Brakes”) Mirrors ........................................... 2-51 Convex Outside ........................ 2-52 Electric Outside ........................2-52 Inside..........................................2-51 ... Model Reference ............................... III Multifunction Lever ...................... 2-36 Turn SignalLane Change Indicator ...........2-37, 2-75 R Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-28 Radio (See “Audio Systems”) Rear Window Defogger .............. 3-11 RecommendedFluids And Lubricants ......................... 7-25 Recovery Hooks ...........................5-32 Replacement Parts ......................6-68 Reporting Safety Defects .............8-4 Road Signs .....................................4-2 Roadside Assistance ..................... 8-5 Rocking Your Vehicle .................. 5-32 0 Odometer ....................................... 2-66 Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”) Off-Road Recovery ..................... 4-20 Oil ..................................................... 6-9 6-15 Additives ................................... Disposal of Used ...................... 6-16 Pressure Gage .......................... 2-78 To Check ...................................6-10 What Kind to Use ....................6-12 When to Add ............................ 6-10 When to Change ...................... 6-15 Owner Checks and Services ......7-22 S Safety Belts .................................. 1-13 Adults ......................................... 1-20 Center Passenger ...........1-27, 1-29 Cleaning..................................... 6-60 CheckingRestraintSystem .... 1-47 Child Restraints........................ 1-36 Children...................................... 1-34 Driver Position .......................... 1-20 1-46 Extender .................................... Lap Shoulder ............................1-21 Larger Children ......................... 1-44 Proper Wear .............................1-20 Questions and Answers ..........1-18 Rear Seat ..................................1-30 Reminder Light.........................1-19 Replacing After a Crash .........1-47 RightFrontPassenger ............ 1-27 Small Children and Babies ..... 1-34 Use During Pregnancy ............1-26 Why They Work .......................1-15 Parking 4.49 On Hills...................................... Over Things That Burn ............2-27 TorqueLock (Automatic Transmission) .............2.24. 4-52 YourVehicle(Manual Transmission) ........................2-26 Parking Brake ...............................2-23 Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.21. 4-61 Pavement Markings........................4-8 9-5 Safety Chains ............................... 4-60 Safety Warnings and Symbols .....0-2 ScheduledMaintenance Services ............................ 7-4, 7-18 Seats Controls........................................ 1-2 Easy Entry Seat .......................... 1-6 Manual Front ...............................1-2 Power Driver‘s ............................1-3 Rear Folding ................................ 1-8 Reclining .....................................1-3 1-11 Removable ................................. Seatback Latches .......................1-5 Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System ............................6-45 Service Do-It-Yourself............................... 6-3 Parts Identification Label .........6-67 Publications ........................ 8-6, 8-8 ReplacementPartsandFilter Recommendations..................6-69 Service Engine Soon Light.........2-72 Service Station Checks ...............7-28 Shift Indicator Light ..........2-22, 2-74 Shifting Into Park ......................... 2-24 Single Belt Accessory Drive .......6-34 Spare Tire ..................................... 5-18 Removal .....................................5-20 Storage ....................................... 5-30 Specification Charts .....................6-68 Speedometer ................................. 2-66 Starting Your Engine ...................2-14 Steering .........................................4-18 Column Shift Lever ..................2-25 In Emergencies.........................4-19 Tips ............................................. 4-18 Storage Compartments................2-55 Other .......................................... 2-61 Sun Visors ....................................2-53 T Tachometer ...................................2-67 2-7 Tailgate ............................................ Electric Glass Release .............2-34 Theft .............................................. 2-10 Thermostat .................................... 6-28 Tilt Wheel .....................................2-35 6-48 Tires............................................... Balancing................................... 6-55 6-56 Chains ........................................ Changing a Flat .............5-16, 5-20 Flat ............................................. 5-16 Hub CapsNVheel Nut Caps .... 5-22 Inspection and Rotation .......... 6-52 Loading ...................................... 6-46 New ............................................ 6-53 Pressure..................................... 6-49 Spare(See“Spare Tire”) Uniform Tire Quality Grading . 6-54 2-24, 4-52 Torque Lock ........................ Towing A Trailer ..................................... 4-56 Backing Up ............................... 4-61 Following Distance ...................4-61 Hitches....................................... 4-59 Maintenance..............................4-63 Towing Your Vehicle ......................5-7 Traffic Lights ...................................4-7 TrailerBrakes .............................. 4-60 Towing........................................4-56 Wiring Harness......................... 2-82 Trailering Package ........................6-47 Transfer Case .....................2-30, 6-23 Transmission Automatic .................................. 2-17 Five-Speed Manual ..................2-20 Fluid .................................6-17, 6-20 Fluid, To Add ..................6-19. 6-21 Fluid. To Check ..............6-18. 6-20 9-6 Four-wheel (See“Four-Wheel Drive”) Shift Light.................................. 2-22 TorqueLock(Automatic Transmission) ............. 2.24. 4-52 Trip Odometer ............................... 2-67 W WarningLights.Gages and Indicators .................... 2.68. 2-76 (Also See “Lights”) Devices. Other ...............;............ 5-3 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...6-55 Aluminum .................................. 6-62 Hub CapsNheel Nut Caps ....5-22 Nut Torque ..................... 6.34. 6-68 Replacement ............................. 6-55 Used Replacement ...................6-56 Windows........................................ 2-33 Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40 Rear Window ............................ 2-54 Washer Fluid ..................2.40. 6-31 Winter Driving .............................. 4-53 Wipers. Windshield ..................... 2-39 6-60 Blade Chatter ............................ 6-35 Blade Inserts ............................ Cleaning Blades........................ 6-60 Rear Window ............................ 2-54 V Vehicle DamageWarnings ...................... Identification Number ....6.65. Loading............................ 4.25. Storage....................................... Symbols ...................................... Ventilation System ......................... Air Vents ...................................... Tips ............................................... Voltmeter....................................... 0-3 6-66 6-46 6-37 0-4 3-2 3-3 3.2 2-79 9-7 Part No, C-9309 L I ,A>=' 7 P D CERTIFIED q b WE SUPPORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION THROUGH Natlonal lnstttute for AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE ! I L